467096

Robbe Futaba T-12 FG Handleiding

127
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/128
Pagina verder
12FG
12 CHANNEL RADIO CONTROL SYSTEM
PCMG3/PCM1024/FM selectable
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1M23N18902
INTRODUCTION............................................... 4
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ......................................... 4
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ........... 5
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...................................... 6
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
UHDGLQJ ............................................................. 6
BEFORE USE ..................................................... 9
Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI)* .............................................. 9
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ........... 10
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV ....................................................... 11
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ....................................... 12
&DXWLRQVRQKDQGOLQJDQWHQQD ...................... 12
/('PRQLWRU ................................................... 13
6ZLWFK6$6+ ............................................... 13
9ROXPH/'5' ............................................ 14
6OLGH/HYHU/656 ....................................... 14
'LJLWDOWULP77 ....................................... 14
(GLWNH\ ........................................................... 15
6WLFN$GMXVWPHQW ............................................ 15
6'FDUG ............................................................ 17
&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 18
$WWDFKPHQWDQGGHWDFKPHQWRIWKHEDWWHU\ .18
5)PRGXOH0=)0 ........................................ 19
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ................................... 20
Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJUHFHLYHUDQG
VHUYRV ............................................................... 21
BASIC OPERATION ....................................... 22
Ɣ%DWWHU\&KDUJLQJ ............................................ 22
+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+%DWWHU\ ............... 22
+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L&G%DWWHU\ ................. 22
Ɣ+RZWRWXUQ2Q2))WKHWUDQVPLWWHU ........... 23
:KHQWXUQLQJRQ ............................................ 23
:KHQWXUQLQJRII ............................................ 23
Ɣ+RZWRFKDQJHWKHIUHTXHQF\+RZWRVHWWKH
UHFHLYHUV,' .................................................... 23
Ɣ,QFDVHRIXVLQJ3&0330UHFHLYHUV ... 24
Ɣ5HJLVWUDWLRQRIWKHXVHUVQDPH ..................... 24
Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ .................................................... 25
FUNCTIONS OF SYSTEM MENU ................ 27
7UDLQHU ............................................................. 28
'LVSOD\ ............................................................. 30
6\VWHP7LPHU .................................................. 32
8VHU1DPH ....................................................... 33
+:6HWWLQJ ..................................................... 35
,QIRUPDWLRQ .................................................... 36
MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE ... 37
Ɣ$LUSODQHJOLGHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH ........ 37
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH ................ 39
Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRVFRQQHFWLRQ ..................... 43
Ɣ6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH .................... 44
FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU ............. 48
&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV
/LQNDJH0HQXIXQFWLRQVWDEOH ...................... 48
6HUYR0RQLWRU ................................................. 49
0RGHO6HOHFW .................................................... 50
0RGHO7\SH...................................................... 52
)UHTXHQF\ ........................................................ 54
)XQFWLRQ .......................................................... 55
6XE7ULP ......................................................... 57
6HUYR5HYHUVH ................................................. 58
)DLO6DIH ........................................................... 59
(QG3RLQW ........................................................ 60
7KURWWOH&XW$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHURQO\ ....... 61
,GOH'RZQ$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHURQO\ ........... 62
6ZDVK5LQJ+HOLFRSWHURQO\ ........................ 63
6ZDVK+HOLFRSWHURQO\ ................................. 63
7LPHU ............................................................... 65
776(77,1* ............................................ 65
Data Reset ....................................................... 67
&RQGLWLRQ+ROGVZLWFKLQJ+HOLFRSWHURQO\ 68
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FUNCTIONS OF MODEL MENU
Ɣ&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV ........................................ 69
6HUYR0RQLWRU/LQNDJH0HQX
&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFW .............................................. 70
$)5'5 ....................................................... 72
D/R ................................................................... 73
3URJUDP0L[ ................................................... 74
Ɣ$LUSODQH*OLGHU)XQFWLRQV ............................. 78
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ............................. 78
$,/'LIIHUHQWLDO .............................................. 80
)ODS6HWWLQJ ..................................................... 81
$,/WR&DPEHU)/3 ....................................... 82
$,/WR%UDNH)/3 ........................................... 83
$,/WR58' ..................................................... 84
$LUEUDNHWR(/( ............................................. 85
58'WR$,/ ..................................................... 87
&DPEHU0L[ .................................................... 88
(/(WR&DPEHU .............................................. 90
&DPEHU)/3WR(/( ...................................... 91
%XWWHUÀ\ .......................................................... 92
7ULP0L[ ................................................... 94
$LUEUDNH$LUSODQHRQO\ ............................... 96
*\URIRU*<$W\SHJ\UR .............................. 98
9WDLO ................................................................ 99
$LOHYDWRU ........................................................ 100
:LQJOHW .......................................................... 101
0RWRU ............................................................. 102
58'WR(/( .................................................. 103
6QDS5ROO$LUSODQHRQO\ ............................ 104
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHU)XQFWLRQV .................................... 106
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 106
3,7&XUYH3LWWULP ....................................... 107
7+5&XUYH7KURWWOHKRYHUWULP ................. 110
$FFHOHUDWLRQ .................................................. 112
7KURWWOH+ROG ................................................ 113
6ZDVK0L[ ..................................................... 114
7KURWWOH0L[ .................................................. 115
3,7WR1HHGOH ................................................ 116
3,7WR58'5HYROXWLRQPL[ ..................... 117
*\URIRU*<W\SHJ\UR .............................. 118
*RYHUQRU ....................................................... 119
Ɣ&RPPRQ2SHUDWLRQVXVHGLQIXQFWLRQVHWXS
VFUHHQ ............................................................. 120
4
＜
Introduction
＞
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing the Futaba® 12FG series digital proportional R/C system. In order for you to make the best use
of your system and to fly safely, please read this manual carefully. If you have any difficulties while using your system,
please consult the manual, our online Frequently Asked Questions (on the web pages referenced below), your hobby deal-
er, or the Futaba Service Center.
Due to unforeseen changes in production procedures, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without
notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during your hobby’s “off season”
to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
Please feel free to contact the Futaba Service Center for assistance in operation, use and programming. Please be sure to
regularly visit the 12FG Frequently Asked Questions web site at http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq/faq/index.html. This page
includes extensive programming, use, set up and safety information on the 12FG radio system and is updated regularly. Any
technical updates and US manual corrections will be available on this web page. If you do not find the answers to your ques-
tions there, please see the end of our F.A.Q. area for information on contacting us via email for the most rapid and conven-
ient response.
Don’t have Internet access? Internet access is available at no charge at most public libraries, schools, and other public
resources. We find internet support to be a fabulous reference for many modelers as items can be printed and saved for
future reference, and can be accessed at any hour of the day, night, weekend or holiday. If you do not wish to access the
internet for information, however, don’t worry. Our support teams are available Monday through Friday 8-5 Central time to
assist you.
OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
Please contact your Futaba importer in your region of the world to assist you with any questions, problems or service needs.
Please recognize that all information in this manual, and all support availability, is based upon the systems sold in North
America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support center for assistance.
FOR SERVICE ONLY
Futaba Service Center
3002 N. Apollo Drive, Suite 1
Champaign, IL 61822
Phone: 217-398-0007
service@futaba-rc.com
FOR SUPPORT
(PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS)
Please start here for answers to most questions:
www.futaba-rc.com
FACSIMILE: 217-398-7721
PHONE: 217-398-8970 option 2
5
＜
Introduction
＞
Application, Export, and Modification
1. This product is suitable for model airplane, surface or 50 MHz (license required) use, if on the correct frequency. It is
not intended for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. The prod-
uct is subject to regulations of the FCC and is restricted under United States law to such purposes.
2. Exportation precautions:
(a) When this product is exported from the country of manufacture, its use is to be approved by the laws governing the
country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If this product is then re-exported to other coun-
tries, it may be subject to restrictions on such export. Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be
required. If you have purchased this product from an exporter outside your own country and not the authorized Futaba dis-
tributor in your country, please contact the seller immediately to determine if such export regulations have been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations, and an appli-
cation for export approval must be submitted. In the US, use of 72MHz (aircraft only), 75MHz (ground models only) and
27MHz (both) frequency bands are strictly regulated by the FCC. This equipment must not be utilized to operate equip-
ment other than radio controlled models. Similarly, other frequencies (except 50MHz, for HAM operators) must not be
used to operate models.
3. Modification, adjustment, and replacement of parts: Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modification, adjust-
ment, and replacement of parts on this product. Any such changes may void the warranty.
The Following Statement Applies to the Receiver (for U.S.A.)
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference.
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesirable operation.
The RBRC
™
SEAL on the nickel-cadmium battery contained in Futaba products indicates that Futaba
Corporation of America is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide program to collect and recycle these
batteries at the end of their useful lives, when taken out of service within the United States. The RBRC pro-
gram provides a convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or municipal
waste system, which is illegal in most areas.
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please call 1-800-8-BAT-
TERY for information on battery recycling in your area. Futaba Corporation of America’s involvement in this program is
part of it’s’ commitment to protecting our environment and conserving natural resources.
RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.
6
＜
Introduction
＞
Definitions of Symbols
Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following symbols.
DANGER – Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious injury if not carried out
properly.
WARNING – Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or serious injury to the user if
not carried out properly, or procedures where the probability of superficial injury or physical damage is high.
CAUTION – Procedures where the possibility of serious injury to the user is small, but there is a danger of injury,
or physical damage, if not carried out properly.
= Prohibited = Mandatory
Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.
FLYING SAFETY
To ensure the safety of yourself and others, please observe the following precautions:
Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 12FG protects the model memories with non-volatile
EEPROM memory (which does not require periodic replacement) and not a battery, it still should have regular
checkups. We recommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your non-flying
season for a complete checkup and service.
Use the Fail-Safe safety feature to set the throttle to low-idle in case of signal loss or RX battery failure.
Engine power will be automatically reduced to help limit personal or property damage. Refer to the Failsafe
Setting Procedure listed in the index.
Receiver Ni-Cd Battery
Charge the batteries! (See Charging the batteries listed in the index for details.) Always recharge the receiver
batteries for at least 8 hours before each flying session. A low battery will soon die, causing loss of control and a
crash. When you begin your flying session, reset your timer, and during the session pay attention to the duration
of usage.
CAUTION: The initial charge on new NiCd receiver batteries should be done for 15 hours using the slow-charger
that came with the radio system. This will “condition” the batteries so that the next charge may be done using the
fast-charger of your choice. If the initial charge is done with a fast-charger the batteries may not reach their full cap-
acity and you may be flying with batteries that are only partially charged.
Where to Fly
We recommend that you fly at a recognized model airplane flying field. You can find model clubs and fields by asking your
nearest hobby dealer, or in the US by contacting the Academy of Model Aeronautics. You can also contact the national
Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA), which has more than 2,500 chartered clubs across the country. Through any one
of them, instructor training programs and insured newcomer training are available. Contact the AMA at the address or
toll-free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
5151 East Memorial Drive
Muncie, IN 47302-9252
Tel. (800) 435-9262
Fax (765) 741-0057
or via the Internet at http:\\www.modelaircraft.org
7
＜
Introduction
＞
Ni-MH/Ni-Cd Battery Safety and Handling instructions
It is important to understand the operating characteristics of Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries. Always read the specifications
printed on the label of your Ni-MH/Ni-Cd battery and charger prior to use. Failure to follow the proceeding precautions
can quickly result in severe, permanent damage to the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
Do not attempt to disassemble Ni-MH/Ni-Cd packs or cells.
Do not allow Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells to come in contact with moisture or water at any time.
Always provide adequate ventilation around Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries during charge, discharge, while in use, and
during storage.
Do not leave a Ni-MH/Ni-Cd battery unattended at any time while being charged or discharged.
Do not attempt to charge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries with a charger that is NOT designed for Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries,
as permanent damage to the battery and charger could result.
Always charge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries in a fireproof location. Do not charge or discharge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries
on carpet, a cluttered workbench, near paper, plastic, vinyl, leather or wood, or inside an R/C model or full sized
automobile! Monitor the charge area with a smoke or fire alarm
Do not charge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries at currents greater than the “1C” rating of the battery (“C” equals the rated
capacity of the battery).
Do not allow Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells to overheat at any time! Cells which reach greater than 140 degrees Fahrenheit
(60
o
C) should be placed in a fireproof location.
Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells will not charge fully when too cold or show full charge.
It is normal for the batteries to become warm during charging, but if the charger or battery becomes excessively hot
disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery which has previously overheated for
potential damage, and do not re-use if you suspect it has been damaged in any way.
Do not use a Ni-MH/Ni-Cd battery if you suspect physical damage has occurred to the pack. Carefully inspect the
battery for even the smallest of dents, cracks, splits, punctures or damage to the wiring and connectors. DO NOT
allow the battery’s internal electrolyte to get into eyes or on skin—wash affected areas immediately if they come in
contact with the electrolyte. If in doubt, place the battery in a fire-proof location for at least 30 minutes.
Do not store batteries near an open flame or heater.
Do not discharge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries at currents which exceed the discharge current rating of the battery.
Always store Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells/packs in a secure location away from children.
Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card Handling Instructions
(SD card is not included with this set)
IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by Futaba to charge the
Ni-MH batteries in the 12FG transmitter and Ni-Cd batteries included with this set.
Never remove the SD card or turn off power while
entering data.
Never store the SD card where it may be subject to
strong static electricity or magnetic fields.
Do not expose the SD card to direct sunlight, excessive
humidity or corrosive environments.
Do not expose the SD card to dirt, moisture, water or
fluids of any kind.
Always hold the SD card by the edges during installa-
tion and removal.
Be certain to insert the SD card in the correct direction.
8
＜
Introduction
＞
AT THE FLYING FIELD
Always pay particular attention to the flying fields’ rules, as well as the presence and location of spectators, the wind
direction, and any obstacles on the field. Be very careful flying in areas near power lines, tall buildings, or communication
facilities as there may be radio interference in their vicinity. If you must fly away from a club field, be sure there are no other
modelers flying within a three-to-five-mile range, or you may lose control of your aircraft or cause someone else to lose con-
trol.
Before flying, be sure that the frequency you intend to fly with is not in use, and secure any frequency control
device (pin, tag, etc.) for that frequency before turning on your transmitter. It is never possible to fly two or more mod-
els on the same frequency at the same time. Even though there are different types of modulation (AM, FM, PCM), only
one model may be flown on a single frequency at any one time.
Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your radio’s low-battery warning sys-
tems, which are intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to recharge. Always check your transmitter and
receiver batteries prior to each flight.
To prevent possible damage to your radio gear, turn the power switches on and off in the proper sequence:
1. Set the throttle stick to the idle position, or otherwise disarm your motor/engine.
2. Fully extend the transmitter antenna.
3. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
4. Confirm the proper model memory has been selected.
5. Turn on your receiver power.
6. Test all controls. If a servo operates abnormally, don’t attempt to fly until you determine the cause of the problem. (For
PCM systems only: Test to ensure that the Failsafe settings are correct by waiting at least 2 minutes after adjusting then,
turning the transmitter off and confirming the proper surface/throttle movements. Turn the transmitter back on.)
7. Start your engine.
9. After flying, bring your throttle stick to idle position, engage any kill switches or otherwise disarm your
motor/engine.
10. Turn off receiver power.
11. Turn off transmitter power.
If you do not turn on your system in this order, you may damage your servos or control surfaces, flood your engine, or in
the case of electric-powered or gasoline-powered models, the engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury.
While you are getting ready to fly, if you place your transmitter on the ground, be sure that the wind won’t tip
it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally moved, causing the engine to speed up. Also, dam-
age to your transmitter may occur.
Before taxiing, be sure to extend the transmitter antenna to its’ full length. A collapsed antenna will reduce your
flying range and cause a loss of control. It is a good idea to avoid pointing the transmitter antenna directly at the model,
since the signal is weakest in that direction.
Don’t fly in the rain! Water or moisture may enter the transmitter through the antenna or stick openings and cause
erratic operation or loss of control. If you must fly in wet weather during a contest, be sure to cover your transmitter
with a waterproof barrier. Never fly if lightning is expected.
Never turn the transmitter off during flight! Switching the transmitter off and on during flight will very likely cause
a crash because of the time required for the transmitter to "reboot" and become fully functional.
8. Complete a full range check.
9
<Before Use>
BEFORE USE
FEATURES
PCMG3 (PCM Generation 3)
PCMG3 has a 40% faster response than current PCM1024. The resolution is 2048, which is double
the current PCM1024. It can operate up to 12 linear channels and 2 switch channels. The multi-level
modulation technology has been implemented for the R/C industry to achieve the highest performance
available today.
WFSS (Wireless Frequency Setting System)
The construction of both transmitter (T12FG) and receiver (R5114) are a frequency synthesizer system.
Model types
Seven types of main wings and three types of tail wings are available for airplanes. Eight swash types are
available for helicopters. Seven types of main wings and three types of tail wings are available for gliders.
Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set in advance at the factory.
Mixing functions
The T12FG transmitter continues the functions of the higher class model T14MZ/T12Z.
Data input
Large graphic LCD and new type edit keys substantially improve ease of setup.
Stick
(DFKD[LVLVVXSSRUWHGE\GXDOEDOOEHDULQJV7KLVDOORZVIRU¿QHUDQGPRUHSUHFLVHRSHUDWLRQWKHQHZ
potentiometers also offer longer life.
Ni-MH battery
T12FG is operated by 7.2V/1,700 mAh Nickel-Metal Hydride battery.
R5114DPS
The R5114DPS is a small 14CH synthesized receiver with high sensitivity and selectability.
SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)
0RGHOGDWDFDQEHVDYHGLQD6'FDUG0%*%:KHQ7)*WUDQVPLWWHUVRIWZDUHXSGDWLQJ¿OHV
are released, the software can be updated by using a SD card.
10
<Before Use>
&RQWHQWVDQG7HFKQLFDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQV
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
Your 12FGA/12FGH/12FG includes the following components:
The set contents depend on the type of set.
• T12FG Transmitter, including RF module (MZ-DDS)
• R5114 Receiver
• HT2F1700B Ni-MH battery, NR4F1500 Ni-Cd battery
& Charger
• Switch harness
• Hex Wrench (1.5mm, 2.5mm)
• Neck strap
Transmitter T12FGA/T12FGH/T12FG
Operating system: 2-stick, 12+2 channels, PCM-G3,
synthesizer system
Transmitting frequency: 29, 35, 36, 40, 41, or 72 MHz
bands
Modulation: PCM-G3, PCM1024, or FM/PPM
switchable.
Power supply: 7.2V HT6F1700B Ni-MH battery
Current drain: 500mA average
Receiver R5114DPS
(PCM-G3, Synthesizer, Dual conversion)
Receiving frequency: 29, 35, 36, 40, 41, or 72 MHz
bands
Intermediate freq.: 10.7 MHz & 450 kHz
Power requirement: 4.8 V Ni-Cd battery
Current drain: 75 mA
Size: 37.7x52.3x16 mm (1.48x2.06x0.63 in.)
Weight: 32.5 g (1.15 oz.)
Channels: 14
Suggested Servos for use with your 12FG
Servo S9252 (Digital servo)
Control system: Pulse width control, 1.52 ms neutral
Power requirement: 4.8 V (from receiver)
Output torque: 6.6 kg-cm (91.7 oz.-in.) at 4.8V
Operating speed: 0.14 sec/60 at 4.8V
Size: 40.0 x 20.0 x 36.6 mm (1.57 x 0.79 x 1.44 in.)
Weight: 50 g (1.76 oz.)
Servo S9255 (Digital servo)
Control system: Pulse width control, 1.52 ms neutral
Power requirement: 4.8 V (from receiver)
Output torque: 9.0 kg-cm (125.0 oz.-in.) at 4.8V
Operating speed: 0.16 sec/60 at 4.8V
Size: 40.0 x 20.0 x 36.6 mm (1.57 x 0.79 x 1.44 in.)
Weight: 55 g (1.94 oz.)
11
<Before Use>
• HT6F1700B Transmitter battery pack - the (1700mAh) transmitter Ni-MH battery pack may be easily
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV
• Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by
placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T12FG transmitter may be connected to
another T12FG system, as well as to any other models of Futaba transmitters. The T12FG transmitter uses
one of the three type cord plugs according to the transmitter connected. (Refer to the description at the
TRAINER function instructions)
• Neckstrap - a neckstrap may be connected to your T12FG system to make it easier to handle and improve
\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW
• Y-harnesses, servo extensions, etc - Genuine Futaba extensions and Y-harnesses, including a heavy-duty
version with heavier wire, are available to aid in your larger model and other installations.
• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros are available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
*RYHUQRU*9IRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW
head speed regardless of blade pitch, load, weather, etc.
• DSC Cord - allows setup and testing without transmitting. With your Transmitter and Receiver off, plug
cord into trainer port then, into the receiver Battery/DSC (B/C) slot. All programming and setup may be
done in this manner without transmitting.
• Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for
PCM-G3, PCM1024, or FM/PPM types are available.)
• Optional Charger - Futaba CR-2000 Ni-MH/Ni-Cd Transmitter/Receiver Battery Charger.
The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog for
more information:
12
<Before Use>
Transmitter controls
Cautions on handling antenna
WARNING
Be sure to attach the antenna before operation.
*Antenna is stored in the antenna storage compartment in
the transmitter.
Extend the antenna to the full extent, and make
sure that the antenna is securely locked before
operation.
Never hold the antenna alone.
*Hold the carrying bar, otherwise the main body can be
damaged.
(J1)
(J2)
(J4)
(J3)
Ɣ$QWHQQD
Ɣ9ROXPH
Ɣ0RQLWRU/('
Ɣ'LDO%XWWRQ
(',7
Ɣ/&''LVSOD\
Ɣ&DUULQJ%DU
Ɣ6ZLWFK
6&6'6*6+
Ɣ6ZLWFK
6$6%6(6)
Ɣ6OLGH
/HYHU
/6
Ɣ'LJLWDO
7ULP
Ɣ+RRN
Ɣ3RZHU
6ZLWFK
777)
Ɣ'LJLWDO
7ULP
Ɣ%XWWRQ6
777
/'5'
Ɣ6OLGH/HYHU
56
Ɣ6WLFN
Ɣ6WLFN
13
<Before Use>
•Removing and storing the antenna
To remove the antenna from the storage
compartment, grasp the end of the antenna and pull
it out.
To store the antenna, push it in until it is locked.
If the antenna is not pushed in all the way, it may
fall out.
ƔAntenna
•Mounting and dismounting the antenna
Mount the antenna by turning it clockwise until
it locks in place.
Clockwise
When dismounting the antenna, turn the antenna
counterclockwise
•Angle adjustment of the antenna
You can change the angle of the antenna, as
you like. Use 2.5mm hexagonal wrench to turn
counterclockwise to release the screw on the left
of the antenna holder, and change the angle of the
antenna, as you like, then retighten.
Screw
Monitor LED display
The status of the transmitter is displayed by LED
at the bottom left and right sides of the "T12FG"
logo.
LED (Red)
Displays the status of the RF module.
• Blink
When the RF module is not connected, an
RF module of a frequency different from
the transmitter setting, or the RF module is
abnormal, the LED blinks.
• On
The LED lights steadily when the proper RF
module is connected.
Displays the "non-default condition" warning.
• Blink
Power switch is turned on when any
condition switch is in the ON state.
LED (Green)
Displays the state of transmission of radio waves.
• Off
Radio waves are in the OFF state.
• On
Radio waves are being transmitted.
• Slow blink
Trainer function is set to the student mode
(radio waves OFF).
Switch (SA-SH)
(Switch Type)
• SA : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
• SB : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever
• SC : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever
• SD : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
• SE : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
• SF : 2 positions; Alternate; Long lever
• SG : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
• SH : 2 positions; Momentary; Long lever
*You can choose switch and set the ON/OFF-direction in the
setting screen of the mixing functions.
14
<Before Use>
Volume
LD RD
Volume LD and RD:
The volume LD and RD are analog type.
*T12FG beeps when the volume knob reaches center.
*You can use each setting screen of the mixing functions to
VHOHFWYROXPHVDQGGH¿QHWKHGLUHFWLRQRILWVPRYHPHQW
Slide Lever
RS
LS
LS (Left), RS (right):
The slide lever LS and RS are analog type.
*T12Z beeps when the lever comes to the center.
*You can select a slide lever and set the movement direction
on the setting screen of mixing functions.
Digital trim
T3 T2
T6 T5
T1T4
This transmitter is equipped with six digital
trims. Each time you press a trim button, the trim
position moves one step. If you continue pressing it,
the trim position starts to move faster. In addition,
when the trim position returns to the center, the
tone will change. You can always monitor trim
positions by graphics on the screen.
To change the trim rate, you must activate this
through the function menu, within the linkage
menu. Use the EDIT dial to select the trim box and
then push the EDIT button and you will access
another screen which enables you to change the
trim percentages.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the
non-volatile memory and will remain there.
15
<Before Use>
LCD screen:
7KH/&'VFUHHQFRQWUDVWFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\
using the system menu screen setting [DISPLAY].
EDIT dial:
Movement of the cursor on the menu screen and
movement of the cursor among items on a setup
screen can be controlled by turning the EDIT dial
to the left and right. You can also go to the next
page, if there is a next page.
At data input, value input, mode selection, and
similar operations can be performed by turning the
EDIT dial to the left and right. (Value, ON, OFF,
INH, ACT, etc.)
EDIT button:
Push the EDIT button when you want to open
a setup screen or to switch between cursor move
mode (reverse display) and data input mode (box
display).
This button can also be used as the EDIT button
when a confirmation message is displayed on the
screen, etc.
S1 button:
When there is a next page on a menu screen or
setup screen, you can go to that page by pushing
the S1 button. In this case, the cursor moves to the
screen title item (excluding a part of function.)
Exiting setup screen:
To end operation on a setup screen and return to
the menu screen, move the cursor to the screen title
item and push the EDIT button.
To return to home screen directly, push the S1
button for 1 second.
Also move the cursor to the screen title item and
push the EDIT button to return to the home screen
from a menu screen.
Edit keys operation
Data input operation is performed using the EDIT dial/EDIT button, and S1 button.
Ɣ%XWWRQ6
Ɣ'LDO(',7
Ɣ%XWWRQ(',7
Ɣ/&'VFUHHQ
16
<Before Use>
Adjustment of the stick lever length
<RXFDQDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIVWLFNOHYHUVDV\RX
OLNH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIWKH
sticks in line with your hand size.
Lever Head
A
Lever Head
B
1. Hold the lever head "B" and turn the lever
head "A" counter-clockwise, the lock will be
released.
2. Turn the lever-head "A" clockwise as you hold
the lever-head "B" after placing it as you like.
Adjustment of stick lever tension
The tension of the self-return type stick lever can
EHDGMXVWHG
1. Remove the rubber grip on the back of the
transmitter.
Ɣ6WLFN
7HQVLRQ
(J1)
0RGH
Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-)
0RGH
Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-4)
0RGH
Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-3)
0RGH
2. Use the accessory 1.5mm hexagonal wrench
to adjust the spring strength as you prefer by
turning the adjusting screw of the stick you
want to adjust.
*Turning the screw clockwise increases the tension.
CAUTION: If you loosen the screw too much,
the stick may not operate because it is
caught internally.
3) At the end of adjustment, re-install the
rubber grip.
Adjustment of Throttle Stick (Ratchet System)
You can also choose either airplane ratchet
system or helicopter-touch.
Ɣ5HWDLQLQJ
)RUFH-
0RGH
Ɣ5HWDLQLQJ
)RUFH-
0RGH
1. Open the dust protection cap on the back
of the transmitter that is covering the hole for
throttle stick adjustment.
2. Use the attached 1.5mm hexagonal wrench
to turn the adjustment screw and set it as you
prefer. Turning the screw clockwise increases
the tension.
Hole for throttle
stick adjustment
For airplane (Mode1)
For helicopter (Mode2)
For helicopter (Mode1)
For airplane (Mode2)
*This transmitter has two ratchet plates, one for airplane
and the other one for helicopter. If you tighten both screws,
\RXZRQWEHDEOHWRDFKLHYHWKHDGMXVWPHQWWKDW\RXQHHG
EHFDXVHRIWKHRYHUODSRIWKRVHWZRDGMXVWPHQWV
*If you want to change the setting from airplane to helicopter
(or from helicopter to airplane), turn counterclockwise until
the throttle stick moves freely. Then turn the screw for the
helicopter (or airplane) until you get the tension you like.
Stick Adjustment
17
<Before Use>
The T12FG transmitter model data can be stored
by using an SD card on the market. When T12FG
transmitter software update software is released,
the software is updated using an SD card. (SD card
memory size: 32MB to 1GB)
Caution
Be sure to turn off the power to the transmitter
before inserting or removing the SD card.
As the SD card is a precision device, do not use
excessive force when inserting.
Restrictions when using an SD card
The following restrictions apply when using an
SD card:
,WPD\¿UVWEHQHFHVVDU\WRLQLWLDOL]HWKH6'FDUGLQ7)*
dedicated format. The SD card cannot be used as is
immediately after purchase.
*Initializing destroys all the data previously saved on the
card.
*An SD card formatted by the T12FG cannot be written
directly from a PC by explorer, etc. The files must be
converted and written by special conversion software. Files
are identified by number instead by name. (The special
conversion software can be downloaded from Futaba dealer
web site.)
Inserting/removing the SD card
1. Turn off the transmitter power and then
open the battery cover at the rear of the
transmitter.
2.
Ɣ6'&DUG
[Inserting the card]
Turn the SD card so that the front of the card
faces the bottom of the transmitter and slide
the card into the card slot.
*Push in the card until it is locked.
[Removing the card]
When the SD card is pushed, it is pushed out
and can be removed.
3. Close the battery cover.
SD card initialization
To use an SD card with the T12FG, the card
must first be formatted. Once formatted, the card
does not have to be reformatted. Formatting is
performed by the T12FG.
[IMPORTANT] When an SD card is formatted,
all the existing data is destroyed. Do not
format a card containing important data.
[Formatting procedure]
1. Insert the SD card into the SD card slot of the
T12FG.
2. Turn on the T12FG power. When an
unformatted card is inserted into the T12FG,
the screen shown below appears.
3. If the T12G is ready to format, move the
cursor to [FORMAT] and push the EDIT button.
SD Card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)
18
<Before Use>
(To cancel formatting, move the cursor to
[CANCEL] and push the EDIT button.)
* Formatting starts. During formatting, the rectangular mark
at the center of the screen moves.
*When formatting is completed, a message is displayed.
Depending on the card capacity and speed, formatting may
take from tens of seconds to several minutes.
[IMPORTANT] Do not turn off the power
until the [FORMAT COMPLETED] message is
displayed.
4.End formatting by pushing the EDIT key.
SD card reader/writer
Saving model data and update files (released
from Futaba) into the SD card, you can use those
files on your T12FG transmitter. Equipment for
reading and writing SD cards are available at most
electronics stores.
Stored data
When you have a problem of saving or reading
data after a long period of use, please get a new SD
card.
*We do not have the responsibility of compensating any
failure or damage to the data stored in the memory card no
matter what the reason is. Be sure to keep the backup of
your important data in your SD card.
19
<Before Use>
Connector/Plug
Ɣ'6&7UDLQHUƔ%DWWHU\FKDUJH
Connector for trainer function
When you use trainer function, connect the
optional trainer cable between the transmitters for
teacher and student.
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen in the system menu.
Connector for DSC function
You can operate the transmitter without
transmitting radio waves by connecting the
transmitter and the receiver to the DSC cable.
*Please refer to the section "Connection between Receiver/
Servo"
Connector for battery charger
This is the connector for charging the Ni-
MH battery HT6F1700B that is installed in the
transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except
the attached special charger corresponding to Ni-
MH battery.
Danger
Do not connect any other chargers except the
special charger to this charging connector.
*If you take out the Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B from
the transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger
CR-2000 corresponding to Ni-MH battery.
Installing and Removing of the battery
HT6F1700B for the transmitter
Attachment of the battery
1. Open the battery cover on the rear of the
transmitter toward upper side.
ƔBattery ribbon for
removing battery
2. Install the battery in the holder.
ƔBattery ribbon
*Push the battery
until being locked
completely.
ƔConnector
3. Connect the battery connector.
4. Close and lock the battery cover completely.
Removing of the battery
Note: If you remove the battery while the
power is on, the data you have set will not
be saved.
1. Open the battery cover on the rear of the
transmitter toward upper side.
2. Disconnect the battery connector.
3. Pull up the battery ribbon to release the lock.
4. Remove the battery.
5. Close and lock the battery cover completely.
Warning
Be careful to not drop the battery.
Never disconnect the battery connector
from the T12FG transmitter while
some message are displayed on the
screen after turning off the power the
T12FG transmitter.
* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.
* If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error" will
be shown the next time when you turn on the power of the
transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as it is, send it to the
Futaba Service Center.
20
<Before Use>
RF module MZ-FM
Ɣ0RGXOH
Ɣ&RQQHFWRU
Caution
Be sure to turn off the power of the transmitter
before you attach or detach the module.
Detachment of the RF module
Pull the module straight while you are pushing
LQZDUGWKHSURMHFWLRQVRQERWKVLGHVRIWKHPRGXOH
*There is a connector above and under the module
UHVSHFWLYHO\6R\RXPLJKW¿QGGLI¿FXOW\LQSXOOLQJRXWWKH
module if the module is tilted.
Attachment of the RF module
Insert the module with care so that the connecter
pins of the transmitter won't be bent.
21
<Before Use>
Receiver R5114DPS
ƔAntenna
ƔConnectors
Ɣ'*
Ɣ0RQLWRU/('
Ɣ&+∼
Ɣ'*
Ɣ%&
Connector
"1 through 12": outputs for the channels 1 through 12
"DG1", "DG2": outputs of DG1 and DG2 channels
"B/C": connector for the power and DSC.
LED Monitor
This monitor is used when changing the
frequency of the receiver.
Receiver nomenclature
Before using the receiver, be sure to read the precautions listed in the following pages.
22
<Before Use>
Warning
Connecting connectors
Be sure to insert the connector until it stops at
the deepest point.
How to protect the receiver from vibration and
water
Wrap the receiver with something soft such
as foam rubber to avoid vibration. If there is
a chance of getting wet, put the receiver in a
waterproof bag or balloon to avoid water.
Receiver's antenna
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not bind
the receiver's antenna with the cables for
servos.
Locate the receiver's antenna as far as possible
from metals or carbon fiber components such
as frames, cables, etc.
*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce the ra-
dio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause a crash.
ƔUse rubber band to stretch
antenna and then fix it.
ƔUse a rubber bushing to the position where
antenna is coming out from the airframe so
that the antenna won't be cut due to the
friction.
ƔUse rubber band to stretch antenna and then
fix it.Make a knot inside of the airframe so that
the antenna will not fall out.
Antenna
Antenna-exiting
hole
Rubber grommet or
silicon tube, etc.
Antenna
Nonmetal tube
*Use rubber grommet or
silicon tube to protect
from cut or peel off
insulation of antenna on
the fuselage antenna-
exiting hole.
*Place the receiver
antenna out from the
fuselage part to the
nonmetal tube installed
in skid etc. Please keep
antenna away from
parts that made of metal
and carbon graphite.
Servos throw
$GMXVW\RXUV\VWHPVRWKDWSXVKURGVZLOOQRW
bind or sag when operating the servos to the
full extent.
*If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, your
aircraft may crash because the servo would be damaged
and the battery would be consumed rapidly.
Mounting servos
Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as rubber
grommet) under a servo when mounting the
servo on a servo mount. And be sure that the
servo cases do not touch directly to the metal
parts such as servo mount.
*If a servo case is contacting directly to the airframe, the
vibration of the airframe directly travels to and may dam-
age the servo.
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Wood screw
Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm nut
washer
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw
(Helicopter)(Airplane/Glider)
Servo lead wires
To prevent the servo lead wires from being
EURNHQE\YLEUDWLRQGXULQJÀLJKWSURYLGHDPDUJLQ
so that the wire sticks out slightly and fasten it at
suitable points. In addition, periodically check the
wire during daily maintenance
Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet
so that the lead wire
is neat.
Margin in the lead wire.
Mounting the power switch
When mounting a power switch to an airframe,
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
the switch ON/OFF without binding.
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
covered by engine oil and dust. In general, it is
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU
Safety precautions when you install receiver and servos
22
<Basic Operation>
BASIC OPERATION
How to charge the Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B
for the transmitter and the Ni-Cd battery
NR4F1500 for the receiver
Danger
The Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B is only for
your T12FG. Do not use this battery for other
equipment.
Be sure to use the attached special charger to
charge the battery.
*If you take out the Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B from the
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR-2000
corresponding to Ni-MH battery.
[Method of charging battery]
*Connect to AC outlet
specified.
ƔSpecial charger
Transmitter Batt.
Charging display
Receiver Batt.
Charging display
To T12FG charge
connector
To receiver battery
1. Connect the special charger to the wall
socket (AC outlet).
2. Connect the connectors to the NR4F1500
NiCd battery and/or T12FG charging
connector.
&RQ¿UPWKDWHDFKFKDUJLQJLQGLFDWRU/('ODPSLVRQ
*Turn off the transmitter while charging the battery.
3. Remove the battery after 15 hours.
*Battery charging will not automatically stop. Remove the
battery and transmitter from the charger and remove the
charger from the wall socket.
*It is recommended to reactivate the battery by cycling
several times if the battery has not been used for a long
period.
*In case of Ni-MH/NiCd battery, you may find the poor
performance of the battery if you have used the battery only
for a short period or if you repeat charging while the battery
is not fully discharged. It is recommended to discharge the
battery to the recommended level after your usage. It is also
recommended to charge the battery just before your usage.
Battery Charging
Before charging batteries, read the "Cautions for handling battery and battery charger" in the section "Ni-
MH/Ni-Cd Battery Safety and Handling Instructions".
23
<Basic Operation>
How to turn ON/OFF the power of the
transmitter
For safety reasons, the radio will be emmiting
only after confirming when turning on the power.
Please follow the instructions for turning on/off the
transmitter.
When turning on the power of the transmitter
1. Turn on the power switch of the transmitter.
*After initialization of the transmitter is over, the frequency
FRQ¿UPDWLRQVFUHHQSRSVXSDQGWKHUHG/('PRQLWRUWXUQV
on.
2. Check the frequency shown on the screen.
If it is OK, then select [YES] and push the EDIT
button.
7KHJUHHQ/('PRQLWRUWXUQVRQDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEHJLQV
to emit radio waves.
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVK(',7EXWWRQ
3. Then, you will see the home screen and you
will be able to set conditions.
How to stop the transmitter
Turn off the power switch of the transmitter. The
internal circuit of the transmitter starts the shut
down process including saving the set-up data.
Warning
Once you turn off the power, never operate the
power switch until the power shutdown process
is fully completed. If you turn on the power
switch again while the transmitter is still in the
process of power shutdown, the transmitter
power does not start.
Radio wave auto shut down
If you do not operate the transmitter (stick, knob,
switch or digital trim) for 30 minutes, compulsorily
the radio wave is stopped, and the message
3/($6(78512))32:(56:,7&+LV
displayed with the alarm sound.
1. Turn off the transmitter power and turn on it
again
How to change the frequency/How to set ID
The T12FG system has employed the frequency
synthesizer scheme. The T12FG transmitter will set
the frequency of the R5114DPS (PCMG3 receiver)
E\WKHZLUHOHVVGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQ:KHQ\RXDUH
using a new PCMG3 receiver and changing the
frequency, set ID or frequency using the following
instructions.
Note: Receiver ID setting is not performed at the
time of purchase. Always perform the following
receiver ID setting before use.
*The frequency cannot be changed if the receiver ID and
transmitter settings are different.
In case of using PCMG3 receivers
*Make sure that PCM-G3 is set as a modulation scheme.
Then change the frequency by the following instruction.
Frequency setup screen
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU$FRQÀUPDWLRQ
message ("TRANSMIT?") is displayed. Since
you do not want to transmit, select [NO] and
then push the EDIT button.
2. Select the area that displays the frequency
on the home screen or [FREQUENCY] in the
linkage menu and push the EDIT button.
*The frequency setup screen appears.
How to set ID
1. Select [RECEIVER ID](RX1) and push the EDIT
button.
*The receiver ID code input screen appears.
2. Input the 8-digit ID code stuck to the receiver
case. If the inputted ID code is correct, select
[ENTER] and then push the EDIT button.
6HOHFWWKHILJXUHZLWKWKH(',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7
button for each digit.
8VH>%$&.63$&(@WRPRYHEDFNGLJLWE\GLJLWIRU
FRUUHFWLRQLI\RXPDGHDPLVWDNH:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVWRS
ID code change, move to the function name at the top of the
VFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
screen.
*Once the receiver ID code is set, it does not have to be reset
as long as the receiver is not changed.
:KHQ\RXXVHWZRUHFHLYHUVZLWKDODUJHDLUFUDIWLQSXWWKH
ID of each receiver.
How to change the frequency
1. When switching the frequency, select [BAND
NO.] and push the EDIT button.
*The frequencies which can be selected appear on the screen.
24
<Basic Operation>
2. Select the frequency you want to use and
push the EDIT button.
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHIUHTXHQF\EDQGFKDQJHWKHPRGXOH
before turning on the power.
3. If the frequency is correct, push the EDIT
button.
*A screen which shows that frequency data is being sent
is displayed and the frequency data is sent to the receiver
together with a beep sound. (The frequency data can be
UHVHQWE\VHOHFWLQJ>5(75<@DQGSXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
4. Turn on the receiver power while the new
frequency data above is displayed.
:KHQUHFHLYHUIUHTXHQF\VHWWLQJLVFRPSOHWHWKHUHFHLYHU
PRQLWRU/('EOLQNVRQFHDQGWKH&+VHUYRVKXWWOHV
times across the neutral position.
*The new receiver frequency data uses very low power whose
frequency is different from that of frequency channel used.
:KHQVHWWLQJWKHUHFHLYHUIUHTXHQF\EULQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
and receiver as close together as possible.
*If the new data is not read correctly due to the ambient
conditions, extend the transmitter antenna and bring the
transmitter close to the receiver antenna and repeat steps 3
through 4.
*The frequency can also be changed by connecting the
transmitter and receiver directly with the DSC cord and
performing steps 3 through 4.
:KHQWKHUHFHLYHU,'FRGHLVLQFRUUHFWWKHUHFHLYHUPRQLWRU
/('ZLOOEOLQN5HWXUQWRWKHUHFHLYHU,'VHWXSVFUHHQDQG
reset the receiver ID.
5. When frequency setting is complete, move
the cursor to the [END] position and push the
EDIT button.
6.A confirmation message ("TRANSMIT?") is
displayed. To send on the new frequency,
select [YES] and push the EDIT button.
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
In case of using PCM1024, PPM receivers
*Make sure that PCM1024 or PPM is set as a modulation
scheme. Then change the frequency by the following
instruction.
Frequency setup screen
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU$FRQÀUPDWLRQ
message ("TRANSMIT?") is displayed. Since
you do not want to transmit, select [NO] and
then push the EDIT button.
2. Select the area that displays the frequency
on the home screen or [FREQUENCY] in the
linkage menu and push the EDIT button.
*The frequency setup screen appears.
How to change the frequency
3. When switching the frequency, select [BAND
NO.] and push the EDIT button.
*The frequencies which can be selected appear on the screen.
4. Select the frequency corresponding to your
receiver and push the EDIT button.
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
5. If the frequency is correct, push the EDIT
button.
6.A confirmation message ("TRANSMIT?") is
displayed. To send on the new frequency,
select [YES] and push the EDIT button.
7RQRWVHQGVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
Registration of the user's name
T12FG transmitter can register user's name.
User's name setup screen
1. Turn on the power of the transmitter.
2. Select [USER NAME] in the system menu and
push the EDIT button.
*The user name set up screen appears.
Current user name Input Box
Changing the user name
1. Change the user name as described below:
[Moving cursor in input box]
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
[Deleting a character]
When [DELETE] is selected and the EDIT
button is pushed, the character immediately
after the cursor is deleted.
[Adding a character]
When a candidate character is selected
from the character list and the EDIT button
is pushed, that character is added at the
position immediately after the cursor.
*A name of up to 12 characters long can be entered as the
user name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
2. At the end of input, select [ENTER] and push
the EDIT button. (To terminate input and
return to the original state, select [CANCEL]
and push the EDIT button.)
25
<Basic Operation>
Timer
• Timer is displayed here.
Push the EDIT button to start/stop the
timer. (When the EDIT button is pushed
for 1 second, timer is reset to the initial
value.)
• Mode (UP/DN) is displayed here.
• Push the EDIT button to call the timer
setting screen.
Warning
%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPHEHIRUHÀ\LQJ\RXUDLUFUDIW
Check the battery voltage as often as possible and try to charge
the battery earlier. If the battery alarm makes a sound, land your
aircraft immediately.
<RXFDQDGMXVWWKH/&'FRQWUDVWE\WKHGLVSOD\VHWWLQJLQWKHV\VWHPPHQX
Home screen
Digital trim (T1 to T6)
• Trim position is displayed
here.
Model Name
• The model name that
is currently used is
displayed here.
User's name
Modulation mode/Frequency
• Modulation mode is displayed
here. (PCM-G3/PCM1024/PPM)
• Band number and frequency
are displayed here.
• Push the EDIT button to call the
Frequency Set screen.
System timer
• This shows the accumulated time since
the latest reset. (Each model)
(Hour):(Minute):(Second)
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIROORZLQJGLVSOD\DUHDWRFDOOHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7
button. The setting screen appears.
(Menu)
• System
• Linkage
• Model
Push the EDIT
button to call
each Menu
screen.
ŏ5),QGLFDWRU
Battery Indicator
• When the battery voltage
reaches 6.8V, the alarm will
beep. Land your aircraft
immediately.
Airplane/Glider Home Screen
Condition Name
• The condition name
that is currently used
is displayed here.
26
<Basic Operation>
Throttle/Pitch Position Display
• Throttle and pitch position is displayed here.
Push the EDIT button to call the throttle curve or Pitch curve
setting screen directly.
Helicopter Home Screen
To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:
1.Move the cursor to [CND HOLD].
2.Set the throttle stick lower than
the 1/3 point and push the EDIT
button to activate/deactivate the
condition hold function.
*For a detailed description, refer to [COND.
+2/'@IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV
*Condition hold operation is displayed. ("IS ON")
27
<Functions of System Menu>
SYSTEM MENU
System Menu functions table
[TRAINER]: Starts and sets the trainer system.
[DISPLAY]: LCD contrast adjustment
[SYSTEM TIMER]: Resets the accumulated timer each model.
[USER NAME]: User name registration
[H/W SETTING]: H/W reverse and stick mode
[INFORMATION]: Displays the program version, SD card information, and product ID. And language
selection.
The System Menu sets up functions of the
transmitter, this does not set up any model data.
ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(0@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGFDOO
WKHV\VWHPPHQXVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(00(18@
DQGUHWXUQ WRWKHKRPH
VFUHHQE\ SXVKLQJWKH
EDITEXWWRQ
28
<Functions of System Menu>
TRAINER
7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ
The Trainer function makes it possible for the
instructor to choose which functions and channels
are to be used for instruction, making it possible to
match the training ability to the student's skill level.
Two transmitters must be connected by an optional
Trainer Cord, and the Instructors’ transmitter
should be programmed for trainer operation, as
described below.
When the Instructor activates the trainer switch,
the student has control of the aircraft (if MIX or
FUNC mode is turned on, the Instructor can make
corrections while the student has control). When
the switch is released the Instructor regains control.
This is very useful if the student gets the aircraft
into an undesirable situation.
NOTE: This trainer system can be used in the
following manner;
1. With the T12FG transmitter and a conventional
transmitter, if the channel order is different. It
is necessary to match the channel order in
the Function setting screen when connecting
it with other than a T12FG.
2. When the T12FG is used as the Teacher,
set the modulation mode of the student’
s transmitter to PPM. If being used as the
student, set the T12FG to the modulation
PRGHVSHFLÀHGE\WKH,QVWUXFWRUV·WUDQVPLWWHU
When the Instructors’ transmitter is a T14MZ,
12Z, 12FG, T9Z, T9C or T7C transmitter, it
should be switched to PPM mode.
3. Be sure that all channels work correctly in
ERWKWUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÁ\LQJ
T12FG special trainer cable
Use the T12FG special trainer cable when using the T12FG transmitter at the trainer
function student side. Operation may not be normal with a conventional trainer cable.
*When the T12FG transmitter is used at the student side when the instructor side transmitter is not a T12FG, a
conventional trainer cable may be used.
,QVWUXFWRU VWXGHQW 7UDLQHUFDEOH
7)*
7(;7(;7&7& 7)*VSHFLDOWUDLQHUFDEOH
7=70=); &RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5HFW
79 &RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5RXQG
7;7878DQG7=DUHQRWDSSOLFDEOH
2WKHUWKDQ
7)*
7)*
&RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5HFWRU
&RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5RXQG
*The direction the T12FG special trainer cable is connected is fixed. Connect the
instructor side connector of the cable to the instructor T12FG and connect the student side
connector to the student transmitter. If the cable is connected in reverse, the student side
power will not be turned on even if the instructor side power is set to ON.
*If the instructor side T12FG trainer function is not enabled, the student side power will
not be turned on even if the connection direction is correct.
29
<Functions of System Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
When using at the teacher side
6HOHFWWKHPRGH
*When changing the mode, use the EDIT dial to move to the
item you want to change and push the EDIT button to switch
to the data input mode and change the mode by turning the
EDIT dial to the left or right. The display blinks. Press the
EDIT button to change the mode.
7($&+(5678'(176HOHFW>7($&+@
$&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR
>2))@RU>21@
&+$11(/:KHQWKHVWXGHQWXVHVWKH
7)*LQFOXGLQJWKH70=7=RU);
VHOHFW>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@
6HOHFWWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK
*When setting or changing the switch, use the EDIT dial to
move to the "SWITCH" item, call the switch setup screen
by pushing the EDIT button and set the desired switch and
ON/OFF direction.
6HH6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRI
WKLVPDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
*The switch mode can also be selected when setting the
ON position on the switch setup screen. When [NORM] is
selected, normal ON/OFF operation is performed. When
[ALTERNATE] is selected, the trainer function is alternately
turned on and off each time the switch is operated. This
allows alternate ON/OFF switching even when a momentary
switch (SH) is used.
1RWH7KHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQZRQ·WEHWXUQHG
RQXQOHVVWKH,QVWUXFWRUVWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHV
VLJQDOVIURPWKHVWXGHQWVWUDQVPLWWHU%H
VXUHWRFRQILUPWKLVDIWHUFRQQHFWLQJ\RXU
WUDLQHUFDEOH
6HOHFWWKHRSHUDWLQJPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
ŏ6HOHFW>75$,1(5@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
When using at the student side
6HOHFWWKHPRGH
*When changing the mode, use the EDIT dial to move to the
item you want to change and push the EDIT button to switch
to the data input mode and change the mode by turning the
EDIT dial to the left or right. The display blinks. Press the
EDIT button to change the mode.
7($&+(5678'(176HOHFW>678'@VWXGHQW
$&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR
>21@
&+$11(/:KHQWKHVWXGHQWXVHVD
7)*LQFOXGLQJWKH70=7=DQG);
VHOHFW>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@
02'8/$7,216HWWRWKHPRGH>330@
RU>3&0@VSHFLILHGE\WKHVWXGHQWVLGH
WUDQVPLWWHU
1RWH,QVWXGHQWPRGHRQO\WKHWHDFKHU
VLGHFDQWXUQRQDQGRIIWKHSRZHUWRWKH
VWXGHQWVWUDQVPLWWHU.HHSWKHSRZHUVZLWFK
DOZD\VDWRIISRVLWLRQ
30
<Functions of System Menu>
*Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor to the "MODE" item
of the channel you want to change and push the EDIT button
to switch to the data input mode and change the mode by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right. The display blinks.
Press the EDIT button to change the mode.
12507KHPRGHOLVFRQWUROOHGE\VLJQDOV
IURPWKHVWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHU
0,;PRGH7KHPRGHOLVFRQWUROOHGE\
VLJQDOVIURPWKHWHDFKHUDQGVWXGHQW
WUDQVPLWWHUV5HVHWWKHVWXGHQWVPRGHOGDWD
WRWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQ
)81&PRGHIXQFWLRQPRGH
7KHPRGHOLVFRQWUROOHGE\VLJQDOVIURP
WKHVWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKWKHWHDFKHU
$)5VHWWLQJ5HVHWWKHVWXGHQWVPRGHOGDWD
WRWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQ
2))2QO\WKHWHDFKHUVLGHRSHUDWHV
*The setting above allows setting of the servo throw relative
to the amount of student side operation when [MIX] or
[FUNC] was selected.
:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHUDWHXVHWKH(',7GLDO
WRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGXVHWKH
(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHa
,QLWLDOYDOXH
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
6HWWKHVZLWFKRIHDFKFKDQQHO
*When setting the switch at each channel, use the EDIT
dial to move to the "SW" item of the channel you want to
change, call the switch setup screen by pushing the EDIT
button, and select the switch.
$OZD\V21
6$a6+7KHVZLWFKZKLFKHQDEOHVVWXGHQW
VLGHRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG6HH6ZLWFK
VHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO
IRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
31
<Functions of System Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
LCD contrast adjustment
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFW/&'&2175$67
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVWWKHFRQWUDVWE\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKW
6HWWLQJUDQJH/LJKWHUWR'DUNHU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*Adjust to the contrast while watching the screen display.
*When you want to reset the contrast to the initial state,
select "LCD CONTRAST" and push the EDIT button for 1
second.
DISPLAY
/&'FRQWUDVWDGMXVWPHQW
LCD contrast adjustment is possible:
ŏ6HOHFW>',63/$<@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
32
<Functions of System Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
Timer reset
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6<67(07,0(5@LWHP
DQGUHVHWWKHWLPHUWRE\SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQIRUVHFRQG$IWHUUHVHWWKH
WLPHUUHVWDUWVIURP
SYTEM TIMER
5HVHWVWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHU
This function resets the system timer displayed
on the home screen.
ŏ 7)*KDVWKH6\VWHPWLPHUHDFKPRGHO
ŏ 6\VWHPWLPHUGLVSOD\VWKHWRWDODFFXPXODWHG
WLPHRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUIURPWKHODVWWLPHWKH
WLPHUZDVUHVHW
ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(07,0(5@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
33
<Functions of System Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
USER NAME
8VHUQDPHUHJLVWUDWLRQ
This function registers the T12Z user name.
*A name of up to 12 characters can be entered as the user
name. (Space is also counted as 1 character.)
User name registration
&KDQJHWKHXVHUQDPHDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQLQSXWER[@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH(',7
EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\
DIWHUWKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQDFDQGLGDWHFKDUDFWHULVVHOHFWHG
IURPWKHFKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LVSXVKHGWKDWFKDUDFWHULVDGGHGDWWKH
SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 12 characters long can be entered as the
user name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
$WWKHHQGRILQSXWVHOHFW>(17(5@DQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHVHOHFW>&$1&(/@
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
&KDUDFWHUOLVW
&KDUDFWHUOLVW
&KDUDFWHUOLVW
ŏ6HOHFW>86(51$0(@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
&XUUHQWXVHUQDPH
,QSXWER[
&XUVRUEOLQN
34
<Functions of System Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
Operation direction reversal method
6HOHFW>+:5(9(56(@DQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
02'(LWHPFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKH+:
KDUGZDUH\RXZDQWWRUHYHUVHDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH
&KDQJHWKHPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWRUULJKW7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV:KHQWKH
(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ
LVUHYHUVHG7RWHUPLQDWHPRGHFKDQJHWXUQ
WKH(',7GLDORUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ
12501RUPDORSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ
5(92SHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG
H/W SETTING
+DUGZDUHUHYHUVHDQGVWLFNPRGH
H/W reverse
This function reverses the operation signal of the
sticks, switches, trimmer levers, and knobs.
Note: This setting reverses the actual operation
signal, but does not change the display of
the indicators on the display. Use the Normal
mode as long as there is no special reason to
use the Reverse mode.
Stick mode
This function changes the stick mode of
transmitter.
Note: This will not change the throttle ratchet,
etc. Those are mechanical changes that
must be done by Futaba service center.
Note: After changing the mode, it is applied
when setting new model. It is not applied to
an existing model.
ŏ6HOHFW>+:6(77,1*@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
Operation direction reversal method
6HOHFW>67,&.02'(@DQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
67,&.02'(LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
&KDQJHWKHPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
WRWKHOHIWRUULJKW7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV:KHQ
WKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHVWLFNPRGHLV
FKDQJHG7RWHUPLQDWHPRGHFKDQJHWXUQ
WKH(',7GLDORUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ
(J1)
(J2)
(J4)
(J3)
(J1)
(J2)
(J4)
(J3)
0RGH - - J3 -
$LOHURQ 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH 5XGGHU
3 5XGGHU 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU $LOHURQ
5XGGHU (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH $LOHURQ
0RGH - - J3 -
$LOHURQ 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH 5XGGHU
3 5XGGHU 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU $LOHURQ
5XGGHU (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH $LOHURQ
35
<Functions of System Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
INFORMATION
'LVSOD\VWKHSURJUDPYHUVLRQ6'FDUGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGSURGXFW,'
The T12FG system program version information,
SD card information (maximum and vacant number
of model data), and product ID are displayed on the
Information screen.
*When the SD card is not inserted, the SD card information is
not displayed.
The language displayed in home, menu, and
setup screen is selectable.
ŏ6HOHFW>,1)250$7,21@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
Information
352'8&7,'3URGXFW,'QXPEHU
9(56,217)*V\VWHPSURJUDPYHUVLRQ
LQIRUPDWLRQ
0(025<&$5'6,=(0D[LPXPQXPEHURI
PRGHOGDWD6'FDUG
&$5')5((6,=(9DFDQWQXPEHURIPRGHO
GDWD6'FDUG
Language selection
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
/$1*8$*(LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
&KDQJHWKHODQJXDJHE\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW7KHGLVSOD\
EOLQNV:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKH
ODQJXDJHLVFKDQJHG7RWHUPLQDWHPRGH
FKDQJHWXUQWKH(',7GLDORUSXVKWKH6
EXWWRQ
37
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE
1. Model addition and call
Initial setting assigns 1 model to the T12FG
transmitter. The Model Select function of the
Linkage Menu is used to add models and to select
models which are already set.
The data for up to 30 models can be saved
to the transmitter. Data can also be saved to the
optional SD card.
The currently selected model name is displayed at
WKHWRSRIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJ
DQ\VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH
When a new model is added, the Model type select
screen and Frequency/Modulation mode/Receiver ID
setup screen automatically appear. Please be aware
that the transmitter will stop transmitting when you
change the model.
2. Model type selection
Select the model type matched to the aircraft with
the Model Type select function of the Linkage Menu.
For an airplane, select the model type from among
the 2 types: airplane and glider. After the wing type is
selected the tail type select screen is displayed. Select
the tail type matched to the aircraft.
There are 13 wing types and 3 tail types for airplane
and glider.
Airplane/glider basic setting procedure
3. Fuselage linkage
Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder,
etc. in accordance with the model's instruction
manual. For a description of the connection
method, see the Receiver and Servos Connection.
Note: The channel assignment of the T12FG is
different from that of our existing systems. Note
that even for the same "airplane model", when the
wing type and tail type are different, the channel
assignment may be different. (The channel assigned
to each function can be checked at the Function
menu of the Linkage Menu.)
ŏ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW
WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDQGFRQWUROVXUIDFH
DQJOHZLWKWKHOLQNDJHDQGILQHWXQHWKHP
ZLWKWKH6XE7ULPDQG(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQV
DQJOHDGMXVWPHQW7RSURWHFWWKHOLQNDJHD
OLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQW
IXQFWLRQ7KH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQFDQDGMXVWWKH
DPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIWULJKWPRYHPHQW
OLPLWDQGVHUYRVSHHGRIHDFKFKDQQHO
4. Throttle cut setting
Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a
switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Set throttle cut with the Throttle Cut function of
the Linkage Menu. After activating the throttle cut
function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle
position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed.
For safety, the throttle cut function operates the
throttle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position.
38
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
5. Idle down setting
The idling speed can be lowered with one touch by
a switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Perform this setting with the Idle Down function of the
Linkage Menu. After activating the Idle Down function
and selecting the switch, adjust the idle down speed.
For safety, the idle down function acts only when the
throttle stick is slow side.
*While the Throttle Cut function is in operation, the Idle
Down function does not work.
6. AFR (D/R)
AFR function is used to adjust the throw and
operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch functions
&+WR&+DQG9WR9IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
This is normally used after End Point (ATV) has
GH¿QHGWKHPD[LPXPWKURZGLUHFWLRQV
7. Airbrake
This function is used when an air brake is necessary
when taking off or diving, etc.
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, brake
ÀDSRIIVHWDPRXQWFDQEHDFWLYDWHGE\DVZLWFK
7KHRIIVHWDPRXQWRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDS
servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the speed of the
DLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG,1
side/OUT side) A delay can be set for each condition,
and a Cut switch which will turn OFF the delay can be
chosen. Trim amounts can be fine-tuned by setting a
VR. You can also set the Auto Mode, which will link
Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick
VZLWFKRUGLDOFDQDOVREHVHWDVWKH212))VZLWFK
$GGLWLRQRIÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
7KHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQLQVWDOOXSWRHLJKWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
per model. You can assign all switches including sticks,
VZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGWULPVZLWFKHVDVÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
VHOHFWLRQVZLWFKHV<RXFDQDOVRDGGGHOD\HGPL[LQJ
to these functions in order to avoid sudden changes.
0RUHRYHU\RXFDQVHWSULRULW\RUGHUIRUÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
when you set more than one condition. In addition, you
can copy conditions and/or change names of conditions.
7KLVFRPPDQGPD\DOVREHXVHGWRGH¿QHZKDWVZLWFKHV
DQGRUFRQWUROVDUHXVHGWRDFWLYDWHHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
The Condition Select function automatically allocates
the Condition 1 for each model type. Condition 1 is
WKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQDOVRUHIHUUHGWRDV1RUPDODQGLV
the only one active when a new model type is defined.
This condition is always on, and remains on until other
conditions are activated by switches.
The Condition Delay can be programmed for each
channel. The Condition Delay is used to change the
servo throw smoothly when switching conditions.
*When a new condition is added, "Condition1" data is
automatically copied.
*Select the condition switch and set the new condition data in
WKHVZLWFK21VWDWH+RZHYHULIWKHJURXSPRGH*5283
was selected in advance, the same data will be input at all the
FRQGLWLRQV6HOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH6,1*/(DQGDGMXVWWKH
condition you want to change.
9. When tailless wing model selected
Tailless wing elevator operation uses elevator to camber
PL[LQJ7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHGDWLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
39
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
1. Model addition and call
Default setting assigns 1 model to the T12FG. To
add new models or to call a model already set, use the
Model Select function of the Linkage Menu.
This is convenient when calling a model after
registering the model names in advance. (The data of
up to 30 models can be saved at the transmitter. Data
can also be saved to the optional SD card.)
The currently called model is displayed at the top
RIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJDQ\
VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH
When a new model is added, the Model Type Select
screen and Frequency/Modulation mode/Receiver ID
setup screen automatically appear. Change, or check
that they match the type, frequency, and receiver type
of the model used.
2. Model type and swash type selection
If a different model type is already selected, select
helicopter with the Model Type function of the
Linkage Menu, and then select the swash type matched
to the helicopter.
Helicopter basic setting procedure
7KLVVHFWLRQRXWOLQHVH[DPSOHVRIXVHRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQVRIWKH7)*$GMXVWWKHDFWXDOYDOXHV
etc. to match the fuselage used.
3. Flight condition addition
The transmitter can install up to eight flight
conditions per model.
The Condition Select function automatically
DOORFDWHV¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHU
,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ1250$/
ŏ,'/(836:(
ŏ,'/(836:(
ŏ,'/(836:)
ŏ+2/'6:*
7KH1250$/FRQGLWLRQLVDOZD\VRQDQGUHPDLQV
on until other conditions are activated by switches.
The Condition Delay can be programmed for each
channel. The Condition Delay is used to change the
servo throw smoothly when switching conditions.
*HQHUDOÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHWWLQJH[DPSOH
ŏ1RUPDO8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH
ZKHQVZLWFK2))
8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU
8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSUROOLQJVWDOOWXUQDQGRWKHU
PDQHXYHUV
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQUROOV
ŏ7KURWWOHKROG2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ
The priority is throttle hold/idle up 2/idle up 1/
normal. Throttle hold has the highest priority.
Add other conditions, as required.
40
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
&DOOWKH6ZDVKVHWXSĺ0L[LQJ5DWH/LQNDJH&RPSHQVDWLRQ
3LWFKVORZVLGHDQGKLJKVLGHOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQLV
DOVRSRVVLEOH$GMXVWVRWKDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQFDXVHV
WKHVZDVKSODWHWRPRYHXSDQGGRZQLQWKH
KRUL]RQWDOVWDWH/LQNDJH&RPSHQVDWLRQ
5. Throttle/Pitch curve setting
This function adjusts the throttle or pitch
operation curve in relation to the movement of the
throttle stick for each condition.
(17 points curve)
Up to 17 points can be set for point curve type.
However, when using the 3 points or 5 points
specified to create a curve, a simple and smooth
curve can be created by reducing the number of
LQSXWSRLQWVWRRUDQGWKHQHQWHULQJWKHVSHFL¿HG
value at the corresponding points that you created.
7KURWWOHFXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Call the throttle curve of each condition with the
condition select switch.
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFWKURWWOHFXUYH
FHQWHUHGQHDUKRYHULQJ7KLVFXUYHLVDGMXVWHG
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHSLWFKFXUYH1RUPDOVRWKDWWKH
HQJLQHVSHHGLVFRQVWDQWDQGXSGRZQFRQWUROLV
HDVLHVW
ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KHORZVLGH7+URWWOHFXUYHFUHDWHVDFXUYH
PDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFVORRSUROO'HWF
ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KHFXUYHLVQRWXVHGZKHQSHUIRUPLQJDXWRURWDWLRQ
GLYHV
&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQRI
WKHVWLFNLVLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
<([DPSOHRISLWFKFXUYHVHWWLQJ!
Call the pitch curve of each condition with the
condition select switch.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH1RUPDO
0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\
º
~6
º
6HWWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJZLWKWKHVWLFNSRVLWLRQDW
4. Fuselage linkage
Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator,
pitch, and other servos in accordance with the
kit instruction manual. For a description of the
connection method, see "Receiver and Servos
Connection".
*The channel assignment of the T12FG is
GLIIHUHQWIURPWKDWRIRXUH[LVWLQJV\VWHPV7KH
channel assigned to each function can be checked
at the Function menu of the Linkage Menu.)
ŏ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHVHUYR
LVLQFRUUHFWXVHWKH5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQRI
WKH/LQNDJH0HQX$OVRXVHWKHVZDVK$)5
IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH
ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR
*\URVLGHIXQFWLRQ
ŏ&RQQHFWWKHWKURWWOHOLQNDJHVRWKDWWKH
FDUEXUHWRUEHFRPHVIXOOFORVHDWIXOOWULP
WKURWWOHFXWLVSRVVLEOH
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDWWKHOLQNDJHVLGH
DQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQDQG
(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQUXGGHUDQJOHDGMXVWPHQW
7RSURWHFWWKHOLQNDJHDOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQ
DOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ
ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ([FHSW+PRGH
2SHUDWLRQRIWKHVZDVKSODWHQHDUWKHKRYHULQJ
SRLQWFDQEHFRUUHFWHGE\VZDVK$)5IXQFWLRQ
FRUUHFWLRQPL[LQJ8VHWKLVZKHQSLWFKDLOHURQ
DQGHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQFDXVHVWKHVZDVKSODWHWR
GHYLDWHIURPWKHQRUPDOGLUHFWLRQ
41
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
&DOOWKH3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJIXQFWLRQIURPWKH
Model Menu, and set the curve for each condition.
$WLQLWLDOVHWWLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQLVLQWKH,1+
VWDWH7RXVHLWVHWLWWRWKH21VWDWH
(17 points curve)
Curve setting of up to 17 points is possible.
+RZHYHULQWKHIROORZLQJVHWWLQJH[DPSOHD
simple curve can be adjusted by using the [EXP1]
curve type.
6HWWLQJH[DPSOH!
&DOOWKHPL[LQJFXUYHRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQZLWKWKH
condition select switch.
$FXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOHLVVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJFXUYH1RUPDO
8VHWKHKRYHULQJV\VWHPDQGVHWWKLVFXUYHWR
PDWFKWDNHRIIDQGODQGLQJDQGYHUWLFDOFOLPEDW
DFRQVWDQWVSHHG
*For this curve, use the initial setting [EXP1] curve type.
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ,GOHXS
8VHWKLVFXUYHLQ
º
VWDOOWXUQORRSDQGUROOLQJ
VWDOOWXUQDQGDGMXVWLWVRWKHIXVHODJHLVIDFLQJ
VWUDLJKWDKHDGZKHQKHDGLQJLQWRWKHZLQG
*For this curve, [EXP1] curve type can be used and the entire
curve can be lowered with the [Offset] function.
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ+ROG
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVVHWVRWKDWWKHIXVHODJHLVIDFLQJ
VWUDLJKWDKHDGDWVWUDLJKWOLQHDXWRURWDWLRQ7KH
SLWFKRIWKHWDLOURWRUEHFRPHVQHDUO\
º
*For this curve, [EXP1] curve type can be used and the entire
curve can be lowered with the [Offset] function.
ŏ2WKHUVHWWLQJV
7KHPL[LQJULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ
FDQEHDGMXVWHG$QDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQZKLFK
WHPSRUDULO\LQFUHDVHDQGGHFUHDVHWKHPL[LQJ
DPRXQWFDQEHVHW
6ZDVK0L[FRUUHFWVDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
pitch interaction
7KHVZDVKPL[IXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRFRUUHFWWKH
swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and
elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each
operation of each condition.
WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG
*Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve.
Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function
and hovering pitch function together.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
7KHLGOHXSSLWFKFXUYHIXQFWLRQFUHDWHVDFXUYH
PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW
6HWWR
º
a
º
DVVWDQGDUG
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKVHWWLQJLVOHVVWKDQLGOHXS
7KHVWDQGDUGLV
º
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH+ROG
$WDXWRURWDWLRQXVHWKHPD[LPXPSLWFKDWERWK
WKHKLJKDQGORZVLGHV
>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@
7KURWWOHKROG
º
a
º
6. Throttle hold setting
Call the Throttle Hold function from the Model
Menu and switch to the throttle hold condition with
the condition select switch.
6LQFHWKLVIXQFWLRQLVQRWXVHGDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV
DOZD\VVHWWRWKHVLQJOHPRGH
ŏ6HWWLQJWRWKHVWDWHZKLFKDFWLYDWHVWKH
IXQFWLRQ
7KHWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQDOORZVVHWWLQJIRUWKURWWOH
FXWDQGVZLWFKLQJRIWKHIXQFWLRQÀ[HGDWWKHLGOH
SRVLWLRQE\VZLWFKIRUWUDLQLQJ(LWKHURQHRUERWK
IXQFWLRQVFDQEHSHUIRUPHG
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDW
WKURWWOHKROG7KURWWOHFXWDQGLGOHSRVLWLRQV
ŏ2WKHUVHWWLQJV
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNRSHUDWLRQZLWKVWLFN
PDQLSXODWLRQWKH$XWRPRGHFDQEHVHW
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWWKHVHUYRVSHHGDGMXVW
>6SHHG@
3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVHWWLQJ
Use this function when you want to suppress
the torque generated by the changes in the pitch
and speed of the main rotor during pitch operation.
Adjust it so that the nose does not swing in the
rudder direction. However, when using a heading
hold gyro like those shown below, do not use Pitch
WR58'PL[LQJ
1RWH:KHQXVLQJD*<*<*<RURWKHU
KHDGLQJKROGJ\URWKLV3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVKRXOG
QRWEHXVHG7KHUHDFWLRQWRUTXHLVFRUUHFWHGDW
WKHJ\URVLGH:KHQRSHUDWLQJWKHJ\URLQWKH$9&6
PRGHWKHPL[HGVLJQDOZLOOFDXVHQHXWUDOGHYLDWLRQ
V\PSWRPVDQGWKHJ\URZLOOQRWRSHUDWHQRUPDOO\
42
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
7KURWWOHPL[LQJVHWWLQJ
RPM loss caused by swash operation at aileron
or elevator operation can be corrected with the
7KURWWOH0L[IXQFWLRQRIWKH0RGHO0HQX+RZ
clockwise and counterclockwise torque is applied
when pirouetting can also be corrected.
10. Gyro sensitivity and mode switching
The gyro sensitivity and mode switching
IXQFWLRQLVGHGLFDWHGJ\URPL[LQJRIWKH0RGHO
Menu, and can be set for each condition.
ŏ1RUPDOFRQGLWLRQKRYHULQJ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\
PD[LPXP
ŏ,GOHXS,GOHXS7KURWWOHKROG*\UR
VHQVLWLYLW\PLQLPXP
ŏ+RZHYHUDWDXWRURWDWLRQRIDWDLOGULYHQ
KHOLFRSWHUWKLVIXQFWLRQPD\QRWKDYHDQ\
DIIHFWDWKLJKJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\
11. Throttle cut setting
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
WR18//
*With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position
until the engine consistently shuts off, but throttle
linkage is not binding.
2WKHUVSHFLDOPL[LQJV
ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGZLWKHQJLQHVZLWKDFRQVWUXFWLRQ
ZKLFKDOORZVQHHGOHFRQWUROGXULQJÁLJKWIXHODLU
PL[WXUHDGMXVWPHQW$QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW
7KHQHHGOHVHUYRULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDWWKURWWOH
VWLFNDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
DGMXVWHG$FFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVGHGLFDWHGJRYHUQRUPL[LQJZKHQD
*9JRYHUQRULVXVHG8SWRUDWHVVSHHGVFDQ
EHVZLWFKHGIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
43
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
Receiver switch
Ni-Cd battery
Charging port/
DSC connector
Ɣ'*
Ɣ0RQLWRU/('
Ɣ&+
~
&+
~
'*
Ɣ%&
%&
Ɣ'*
Servos
Ɣ$OZD\VFRQQHFWWKHQHFHVVDU\QXPEHURIVHUYRV
Ɣ7KHUHFHLYHUFKDQQHODVVLJQPHQWGHSHQGVRQWKH
PRGHOW\SH6HHWKH6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHO
W\SHWDEOHV
5'36RXWSXWFRQQHFWRUVHFWLRQ
5HFHLYHUFRQQHFWRUV
Ɣ%&3RZHUVXSSO\'6&FRQQHFWRU
Ɣ&+a2XWSXWFRQQHFWRUVa
Ɣ'*6ZLWFKFKDQQHORXWSXWFRQQHFWRU
Receiver and servos connection diagram
Receiver and servo connection
Connect the receiver and servos in accordance with the connection diagram shown below. Always read
[Precautions when mounting the receiver and servos] of [Before using]. When mounting the receiver and
servos to the fuselage, connect the necessary points in accordance with the kit instruction manual.
The Servo connection by model type tables are shown on the following pages. Connect the
servos to match the fuselage used.
44
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
Servo connection by model type
The T12FG transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the
type selected with the Model Type function of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignment (initial setting)
for each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.
*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For
more information, read the description of the Function menu.
Airplane/glider/motor glider
Ɣ$LUSODQHDQG9WDLO
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQRI
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
RX
CH
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
*HDU $8; $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8;
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
9 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
RX
CH
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU )ODS $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS $LOHURQ
*HDU $8; $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS )ODS
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
[PCM-G3 mode]
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQRI
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
45
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
Ɣ$LOYDWRU
RX
CH
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
*HDU $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
9 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
RX
CH
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
*HDU $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
[PCM-G3 mode]
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
46
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
Ɣ7DLOOHVVZLQJ
RX
CH
2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8;
$8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
9 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
9& (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
RX
CH
2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane
Glider
Normal
Glider
Winglet
Airplane
Glider
Normal
Glider
Winglet
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
6 *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS $8; 5XGGHU $8; 5XGGHU
9& (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
[PCM-G3 mode]
47
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
RX CH H-4, H4X Swash All Other
1 Throttle Throttle
2 Rudder Rudder
3 Aileron Gyro
4 Elevator Aileron
5 Pitch Elevator
6 Elevator 2 Pitch
7 Gyro Governor 1
8 Governor 1 Governor 2
9 Governor 2 Needle
10 Needle AUX3
11 AUX2 AUX2
12 AUX1 AUX1
VC1 AUX1 AUX1
VC2 AUX1 AUX1
VC3 AUX1 AUX1
VC4 AUX1 AUX1
Helicopter
ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKQRUHFHLYHU
RXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKH
GHVFULSWLRQRIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
RX CH H-4, H4X Swash All Other
1 Throttle Throttle
2 Rudder Rudder
3 Aileron Gyro
4 Elevator Aileron
5 Pitch Elevator
6 Elevator 2 Pitch
7 Gyro Governor 1
8 Governor 1 Governor 2
VC1 AUX1 AUX1
VC2 AUX1 AUX1
VC3 AUX1 AUX1
VC4 AUX1 AUX1
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
[PCM-G3 mode]
48
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>/,1.$*(
0(18@DQG UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ E\SXVKLQJ
WKHEDITEXWWRQ
FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU
The Linkage Menu is made up of functions
which perform model addition, model type
selection, frequency setting, end point setting, and
other model basic settings.
The functions which can be selected depend on
the model type. A typical menu screen is shown
below.
*The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.
Linkage Menu functions table
[SERVO MONITOR]: Displays the servo test and operation position
[MODEL SELECT]: Model addition, call, deletion, copy, model name setting
[MODEL TYPE]: Model type, wing type, swash type, etc. selection
[FREQUENCY]: Frequency selection, modulation mode selection, receiver ID setting
[FUNCTION]: Channel assignment of each function can be changed
[SUB-TRIM]: Adjusts the neutral position of each servo
[SERVO-REVERSE]: Servo direction reversal
[FAIL SAFE]: Fail safe function and battery fail safe function setting (PCM-G3/PCM1024 only)
[END POINT]: Servo basic rudder adjustment and limit setting
[THROTTLE CUT]: Stops the engine safely and easily (airplane and helicopter only)
[IDLE DOWN]: Lowers the idle speed of the engine (airplane and helicopter only)
>6:$6+5,1*@/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQD¿[HGUDQJHKHOLFRSWHURQO\
[SWASH]: Swash AFR and linkage correction function (helicopter only)
[TIMER]: Timer setting
[T1-T6 SETTING]: Control step amount and mode selection of the digital trim
[DATA RESET]: Model memory set data reset (by item)
[COND. HOLD]: Condition hold function (helicopter only)
ŏ6HOHFW>/,1.$*(@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGFDOO
WKHOLQNDJHPHQXVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:
+HOLFRSWHUW\SHRQO\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@
6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQ
WKHSRLQWDQGSXVK WKH(',7
EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHGHDFWLYDWHWKH
FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
*See p.68 for condition hold function details.
*Condition hold operation is displayed.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
49
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SERVO MONITOR
6HUYR7HVW*UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV
This is used for testing servo movement.
“Moving Test” (repetition mode) and “Neutral
7HVW´¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGHDUHDYDLODEOH
The “Neutral Test” is good for finding the
neutral position of a servo horn.
ŏ6HOHFW>6(592021,725@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
Servo test operation
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>7(67@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHWHVWPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
WRWKHOHIWRUULJKWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>029,1*@0RGHZKLFKUHSHDWVRSHUDWLRQRI
HDFKVHUYR
>1(875$/@0RGHZKLFKORFNVHDFKVHUYRLQ
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>7(67@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH>2))@E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7HVWLQJLVVWRSSHG
*The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.
50
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
MODEL SELECT
7KH0RGHO6HOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQSHUIRUPVPRGHODGGLWLRQFDOO
GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ
This function is used to load the settings of the
desired model into the T12FG’s memory.
The settings may be selected from either the
transmitter’s built-in memory or a SD card (32MB-
1GB). Remember that up to 30 model memories are
available in the transmitter.
The name of the model stored in the transmitter and
the SD card may be changed. This can be very useful
to tell different models settings apart. Each model name
can be as long as 8 characters, and the model name
always appears in the display screen.
The Copy function is used to copy one set of model
data into a second memory within the transmitter and
the SD card. It may be used for getting a head-start on
setting up models with almost the same settings (only
GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWREHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKH
complete model from scratch). Also, this function may
be used to make a backup copy of a model setup before
any changes are made.
Model call
*Model data saved at models other than the model currently
used or saved on a SD card can be called.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWRWKHVDYH
GHVWLQDWLRQ,17(51$/RU0(0&$5'DQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHORFDWLRQZKLFKLVWRVDYHWKH
GHVLUHGPRGHOE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKH
OHIWRUULJKW3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
$IWHUXVLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVWSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>6(/(&7@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQLV
SXVKHGDJDLQFDOOLQJLVFRPSOHWH
7UDQVPLVVLRQVWRSVDQGDVHQGZLWKQHZPRGHOFRQ¿UPDWLRQ
message ("TRANSMIT?") appears.
7RVWDUWWUDQVPLVVLRQXVHWKH(',7GLDOWR
VHOHFW><(6@DQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
Model addition
*A new model can be added to the transmitter memory or SD
card.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQ,17(51$/RU0(0&$5'
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHVDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW3XVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
>,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>1(:@
3UHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQ$FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHDSSHDUV3UHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQ
DJDLQ
*The model type setup screen and frequency setup screen are
DXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG&RQ¿UPRUFKDQJHWKHPRGHOW\SH
and frequency.
*A starting transmission with new model confirmation
message ("TRANSMIT") appears.
7RVWDUWWUDQVPLVVLRQXVHWKH(',7GLDOWR
VHOHFW><(6@DQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The added model appears in the model list.
ŏ6HOHFW>02'(/6(/(&7@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.
(Model list)
ŏ6DYHWR
>,17(51$/@WUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
51
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
Model deletion
*The model stored in the transmitter memory or a SD card
can be deleted.
*The current model can not be deleted.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\,17(51$/RU0(0
&$5'DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHVDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
>,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
PRGHO\RXZDQWWRGHOHWHLQWKHPRGHOOLVW
DQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>'(/(7(@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQLV
SXVKHGDJDLQWKHPRGHOLVGHOHWHG
Model name change
*The current model's name can be changed.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHFXUUHQWPRGHO
LQWKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>5(1$0(@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The model name setup screen is displayed.
&KDQJHWKHPRGHOQDPHDVGHVFULEHG
EHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQLQSXWER[@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH(',7
EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\
DIWHUWKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQDFDQGLGDWHFKDUDFWHULVVHOHFWHG
IURPWKHFKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LVSXVKHGWKDWFKDUDFWHULVDGGHGDWWKH
SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 8 characters long can be entered as the
model name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
$WWKHHQGRILQSXWVHOHFW>(17(5@DQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHVHOHFW>&$1&(/@
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
Model copy
*A copy can be made of the current model.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHFXUUHQWPRGHO
LQWKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
0RYHWR>&23<@ZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The copy screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWRWKHFRS\
GHVWLQDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKHERWWRPRIWKH
VFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHVDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>&23<@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQLV
SXVKHGDJDLQWKHPRGHOGDWDLVFRSLHG
52
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
MODEL TYPE
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU
DQGJOLGHU
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
Seven types of main wings and three types
of tail wings are available for airplanes. Eight
swash types are available for helicopters. Seven
types of main wings and three types of tail wings
are available for gliders. Functions and mixing
functions necessary for each model type are set in
advance at the factory.
1RWH
7KH0RGHO7\SHIXQFWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHOHFWV
WKHDSSURSULDWHRXWSXWFKDQQHOVFRQWURO IXQFWLRQV
DQGPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVIRUWKHFKRVHQPRGHOW\SH
:KHQWKH0RGHO7\SH6HOHFWLRQ FRPPDQG LV
DFFHVVHGDOORIWKHGDWD LQ WKHDFWLYHPHPRU\LV
FOHDUHGH[FHSWWKHIROORZLQJVZDVK W\SH%HVXUH
WKDW\RXGRQ·WPLQGORVLQJWKLVGDWDRUEDFNLWXSWR
DQRWKHUPHPRU\XVLQJWKHFRS\LQJIXQFWLRQV
:KHQ\RXFKDQJHWKHKHOLFRSWHU VZDVKW\SH
ZLWKLQWKHIROORZLQJHDFKJURXS \RXFDQOHDYH
WKHVHWWLQJGDWDRWKHUWKDQ WKH6:$6+IXQFWLRQ,Q
WKLVFDVHFRQILUPDWLRQVFUHHQDSSHDUV +RZHYHU
LWLVLQLWLDOL]HGZKHQ\RXFKDQJHWKH VZDVK W\SH
H[FHHGLQJWKHJURXS
Model type selection
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
LWHP\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWKHQFDOOWKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7<3(0RGHOW\SH
:,1*DLUSODQHJOLGHU:LQJW\SH
7$,/DLUSODQHJOLGHU7DLOW\SH
6:$6+KHOLFRSWHU6ZDVKW\SH
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
W\SH\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGVHOHFWWKH
W\SHE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When the model type was changed, the wing type, tail
type, or swash type selection screens sequentially appear
according to the model. Finally, the blinking confirmation
message "MODEL TYPE CONFIRMATION" appears.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRH[HFXWHWKHFKDQJH
2SHUDWHWKH(',7GLDORU6EXWWRQWRVWRS
WKHFKDQJH
ŏ6HOHFW>02'(/7<3(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The model types which are displayed (which can be
selected) depend on the type of receiver used. For instance,
for the R149DP, only model types compatible with CH8 can
be selected. See Servo Connection by Model Type.
6ZDVKW\SHJURXS$
++++5+1DQG+(
6ZDVKW\SHJURXS%
++;
53
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
Model type
Select the model type
from among airplane,
helicopter, and glider.
ŏ0RGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
(Airplane, glider)
(Helicopter)
ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ1RUPDO
ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ7DLOOHVVZLQJ
ŏ5XGGHUW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ6ZDVKW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ7DLOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
Wing type (Normal)
Select from among :
DLOHURQDLOHURQVDLOHURQVÀDS
DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV
DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV
Wing type (Tailless wing)
Selection from among:
DLOHURQVDLOHURQVÀDS
DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV
DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV
*For tailless wing, the rudder type can be selected from
normal rudder and winglet.
Tail type
Select from normal, V tail, and ailvator.
Helicopter swash type
Select from among H-1, H-2, H-4, HR3,
HN3, H-3, HE3, and H4X.
ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
54
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
Model type selection (Airplane, Glider)
Ɣ:LQJW\SH1RUPDO
Ɣ:LQJW\SH7DLOOHVVZLQJ
Ɣ5XGGHUW\SH
Ɣ7DLOW\SH
Model type selection (Helicopter)
Ɣ6ZDVKW\SH
55
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
Frequency setting
The T12FG transmitter uses a synthesizer
system. Its frequency can be changed within the
range of the frequency band of the module used.
The frequency of the R5114DPS receiver is set
from the transmitter. Use a receiver matched to the
frequency band of the transmitter.
Receiver ID code
When the R5114DPS receiver (PCM-G3
receiver) is used, the ID code located on the back
of the receiver case must be entered.
*When two receivers are used with a large model, etc., enter
the 2nd receiver ID also.
Modulation mode selection
With the T12FG, 3 modulation modes (PCM-G3/
PCM1024/PPM (FM)) can be selected. Select the
modulation mode matched to the type of receiver
used.
FREQUENCY
)UHTXHQF\VHWWLQJPRGXODWLRQPRGHVHWWLQJUHFHLYHU,'FRGHVHWWLQJ
Frequency switching method
For a description of the frequency switching and
ID setting methods, refer to the procedure given in
the Basic Operation section.
Modulation scheme (Modulation) change
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
02'8/$7,21LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The modulation selection screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHPRGHDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7KHFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJH02'8/7<3(,6&+$1*('
SURE?" appears.
:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSUHVVHGDJDLQWKH
PRGHLVFKDQJHG
*Transmission stops and a transmit or do not transmit in the
QHZPRGHFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJH75$160,7"DSSHDUV
PCM-G3 communication mode selection
   
Two types of PCM-G3 communication modes
can be selected. (Mode A and Mode B)
Mode A is conventional mode and displays the
maximum performance of the servo response to
stick operation (recommended.) Mode B is a mode
with enhanced communication quality. For the
interference characteristic, ModeB is better than
ModeA. In communication mode B, the servo
response to stick operation is approximately 20%
lower than that of mode A.
Choose the mode matched to the usage
environment.
&RPSDWLEOHUHFHLYHU
0RGH$5'36DQG5'36
0RGH%5'367KH5'36LVQRW0RGH%
FRPSDWLEOH
7RVWDUWWUDQVPLVVLRQVHOHFW><(6@ZLWKWKH(',7
GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7RQRWWUDQVPLW
VHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When the mode is changed from the PCM-G3 mode to
DQRWKHUPRGHDQGWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVLVLQVXI¿FLHQWGXH
to the wing type used, the mode cannot be changed.
Receiver ID code input
*Input the 8-digit ID number indicated on the receiver case.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFW>5(&(,9(5,'@DQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7KHUHFHLYHU,'FRGH
VHWXSVFUHHQDSSHDUV
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHFDQGLGDWH
FKDUDFWHURIWKHÀUVWGLJLWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ6HTXHQWLDOO\VHWWKHGLJLWQXPEHU
*If you make a mistake, select [BACK SPACE] with the
EDIT dial and erase the incorrect digit by pressing the EDIT
button.
ŏ6HOHFW>)5(48(1&<@DWWKHOLQNDJH
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
56
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
$WWKHHQGRILQSXWVHOHFW>(17(5@DQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
*Once the ID code is set, re-setting is unnecessary as long as
the receiver is not changed.
PCM-G3 communication mode selection
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
02'8/$7,21LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The mode selection screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKH>02'(@LWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHPRGHDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The communication mode is changed.
WARNING
:KHQÀ\LQJDIWHUIUHTXHQF\FKDQJHHPLWUDGLR
waves only after verifying the frequency.
*Also change the frequency clip. Emitting radio waves with-
RXWYHUL¿FDWLRQLVH[WUHPHO\GDQJHURXV
57
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
FUNCTION
&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
When you select model and wing (swash) types,
you will find that the optimized combinations of
servo output channels and functions have been
already preset. If you would like, you can freely
change combinations of servo output channels,
functions (aileron, elevator, etc), and input
controllers (sticks, switches, trim levers and trim
switches).
*You can also assign the same function to multiple servo
output channels such as assigning elevator function to CH2
and CH3.
1RWH,Q3&0*PRGHFRPELQDWLRQVRIWKUHH
FKDQQHOVVXFKDV&+WKURXJK&+&+WKURXJK
&+&+WKURXJK&+DQG&+WKURXJK&+
ZRUNVLPXOWDQHRXVO\)XWDEDUHFRPPHQGVWKDW\RX
XVHWKHVWDQGDUGRSWLPL]HGGHIDXOWFRPELQDWLRQV
RIFKDQQHOVDQGIXQFWLRQVLQRUGHUWRPLQLPL]H
VHUYRGHOD\ZKHQ\RXXVHPXOWLSOHVHUYRVWRFRQWURO
PRGHOVVXFKDVVZDVKPRGHKHOLFRSWHUVDQGGXDO
HOHYDWRUDLUSODQHVRUÁDSHURQDLUSODQHV
Function change
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)81&7,21LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The function selection screen is displayed.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
IXQFWLRQQDPH\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The function name blinks.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRH[HFXWHWKHFKDQJH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRFDQFHOWKLVRSHUDWLRQ
RSHUDWHWKH(',7GLDORU6EXWWRQ
*Multiple channels can be assigned to one function.
VC1~VC4 (virtual channels)
These four channels can be set as virtual functions
that do not have servo output channels. You can
freely change combinations between functions
(aileron, elevator, etc) and input controllers (sticks,
switches, trim levers and trim switches).
Servo Output Channels
For PCMG3 mode, you can set twelve linear
channels and two digital channels. For PCM1024
mode, you can set eight linear channels and one
digital channel. For PPM mode, you can set only
eight linear channels.
*DG1/2 (digital channels)
This channel can be used as switch channels. You can freely
change combinations between servo output channels and
input controllers (sticks, switches, trim levers and trim
switches).
Operation control change
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
&21752/LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The control selection screen is displayed.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FRQWURO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The same control can be assigned to multiple channels.
*The setting can be changed for each condition.
After the set mode is changed from group mode [G] to
single mode [S] at the control selection screen, only that
condition setting is changed by control change; setting of
other conditions remains the same.
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
ŏ6HOHFW>)81&7,21@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
58
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
Trim setting
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
75,0LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The trim setup screen is displayed.
7KHIROORZLQJLWHPVFDQEHVHWDWWKHWULP
VHWXSVFUHHQ
*The setting can be changed for each condition.
After the set mode is changed from group mode [G] to
single mode [S] at the control selection screen, only that
condition setting is changed by control change; setting of
other conditions remains the same.
Trim selection
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
WULPOHYHUHWF\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The setting can be changed.
Trim rate setting
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>5$7(@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWULPUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the trim rate
is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
Trim mode selection
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>75,002'(@LWHPDQGVHOHFWWKHWULPPRGH
E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
>1250@1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULPSDUDOOHO
VKLIWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
>$7/@$7/RSHUDWLRQPRGH0D[LPXP
FKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\RSHUDWLRQQRUPDOO\
XVHGZLWKWKURWWOHWULP5HYHUVHLVDOVR
SRVVLEOH
>1250@>5(9@VHOHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOHDWWKH$7/
5(9LWHP
>&(17(5@0D[LPXPFKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\
FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ
59
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SUB-TRIM
6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fine
adjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to
their center position.
Sub trim adjustment
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, sub trim is
reset to the initial value.)
*Before sub trim adjustment, adjustment of the linkage so that
control surfaces need not use sub trim as much as possible is
very important.
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
ŏ6HOHFW>68%75,0@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
60
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SERVO-REVERSE
8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHWKURZGLUHFWLRQ
Servo Reverse changes the direction of an
individual servo’s response to a control stick
movement.
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the
section on Swash AFR before reversing any servos.
With CCPM helicopters, always complete your
servo reversing prior to any other programming.
If you use pre-built Airplane/Sailplane functions
Servo reversing procedure
*After linkage of a new model is complete, check whether or
not each servo is connected to the correct channel.
*Next, determine whether you need to reverse any channels
by moving each stick.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRUHYHUVHDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDODQGFKDQJHWKHGLVSOD\WR
>5(9(56(@RU>1250$/@
*The display blinks.
:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGVHUYR
RSHUDWLRQLVUHYHUVHG2SHUDWH(',7GLDORU
6EXWWRQWRVWRSUHYHUVDO
*Repeat the operation above for each channel that must be
reversed.
that control multiple servos, it may be confusing
to tell whether the servo needs to be reversed or a
setting in the function needs to be reversed. See the
instructions for each specialized function for further
details. Always check servo direction prior to every
ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU
model memory, hook ups, and radio function.
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
ŏ6HOHFW>6(5925(9(56(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
61
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
FAIL SAFE
6HWVWKHVHUYRVRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQZKHQWUDQVPLWWHUVLJQDOVFDQQR
ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
The Failsafe function may be used to set up positions
that the servos move to in the case of radio interference.
This function only works with G3 or PCM receivers
(FM receivers do not have failsafe capability).
You may set either of two positions for each
channel: Hold, where the servo maintains its last
commanded position, or Failsafe, where each servo
moves to a predetermined position. You may choose
either mode for each channel.
The T12FG system also provides you with an
advanced battery monitoring function that warns
you when the receiver battery has only a little
power remaining. In this case, each servo is moved
to the defined failsafe position (PCM1024: CH3
only.) The battery failsafe may be released by
operating a predefined control on the transmitter
(default is throttle), do not continue to fly, land
as soon as possible. Remember, if the predefined
Fail safe setting procedure
8VHWKH(',7GLDODQGPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)6LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
'LVSOD\>)6@E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKH
OHIW
*The display blinks.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ2SHUDWH(',7GLDORU6
EXWWRQWRVWRSVHWWLQJ
*The channel switches to the F/S mode.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)6326LWHPE\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHULJKW
+ROGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVWLFNNQREVOLGHU
HWFLQWKHSRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWKHVHUYR
WRPRYHWRZKHQWKHIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQLV
DFWLYDWHGDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG
*The set position is displayed in percentage.
*When you want to return that channel to the hold mode, use
the EDIT dial to move the cursor to the "F/S" item and push
the EDIT button to switch to the data input mode. Display
[HOLD] by turning the EDIT dial to the right and then
change the mode by pushing the EDIT button.
control suddenly moves to a position you did not
command, land at once and check your receiver
battery.
'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG
when receiver battery voltage becomes low.
WARNING
For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ(VSHFLDOO\VHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW
the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and
to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
Ɣ,IIDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\EHPLVWDNHQIRUDQ
engine malfunction and will be reset at throttle slow and the model
ZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYHDQ\GRXEWVLPPHGLDWHO\ODQG
Battery fail safe setting procedure
%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
E\WKHVDPHPHWKRGDVWKHIDLOVDIHVHWWLQJ
SURFHGXUH6HOHFWDQGVHWWKH%$7)6LWHP
>%)6@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ21
>2))@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ2))
Battery fail safe release switch setting
7KLVIXQFWLRQWHPSRUDULO\UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\
IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQIRUWKHIXVHODJHWRUHFRYHU
DIWHUWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQZDV
DFWLYDWHGE\DGURSLQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\
YROWDJH7KLVVHWWLQJVHOHFWVWKHVZLWFKZKLFK
UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>5(/($6(%$77(5<)6@LWHP
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The switch selection screen is called.
*For a detailed description of the switch selection and ON/
OFF direction setting method, see [Switch Setting Method]
at the back of this manual.
ŏ6HOHFW>)$,/6$)(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
62
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
END POINT
6HWVWKHWUDYHOOLPLWSRLQWDQGVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR
The End Point function adjusts the left and right
servo throws, generates differential throws, and
will correct improper linkage settings.
The Travel rate can be varied from 30% to 140%
in each direction on channels 1 to 12. Also, the
Limit point where servo throw stops may be varied
from 0% to 155%.
Servo travel adjustment
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
75$9LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKUDWH
Limit point adjustment
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
/,0,7LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRDGMXVW
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHOLPLWSRLQW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the limit point
is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW
NOTE: The Servo Speed setting is used to set the servo delay
for each channel, from channel l to channel 12. The system
uses the programmed speed (delay) to slow down servo
position changes. The Servo Speed setting can be varied
from 0 to 27 in each channel.
Servo speed setting
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
63(('LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHVHUYRVSHHG
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the servo
speed is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
ŏ6HOHFW>(1'32,17@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
63
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
THROTTLE CUT
6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\DLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
to NULL.
Throttle cut setting procedure
*Perform the following settings before using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item to be set.
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWXQWLOWKHEOLQNLQJ
FKDQJHVIURP,1+WR$&7DQGWKHQSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@LWHPDQG
FDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\SUHVVLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ
(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)
7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>&87326,7,21@LWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKURWWOH
FXWRSHUDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKH
OHIWRUULJKW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pressed for 1 second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*With the selected cut switch ON and the throttle stick at idle;
adjust the rate until the engine consistently cuts off.
However, be sure that the throttle linkage does is not pulled
too tight and unreasonable force is not applied to the servo.
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5277/(&87@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ ŏ&XWSRVLWLRQ
64
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
IDLE DOWN
/RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHGDLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\
The Idle Down function lowers the engines idle
E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH
The action is not functional at high throttle to avoid
accidental dead sticks. The switch’s location and
direction must be chosen, as it defaults to NULL.
Idle down setting procedure
*Perform the following settings after using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6ZLWFKWKHEOLQNLQJIURP,1+WR$&7E\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGWKHQSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@LWHPFDOO
WKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ
(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)
2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>2))6(7@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHVHUYRRIIVHWUDWHDWLGOHGRZQ
RSHUDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIW
RUULJKW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the offset rate
is reset to the initial value.)
*Maximum offset amount is near maximum slow.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ6HOHFW>,'/('2:1@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
65
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SWASH RING
Swash ring setting procedure
*Perform the following settings after using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6ZLWFKWKHEOLQNLQJIURP,1+WR$&7E\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGWKHQSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
5DWHVHWWLQJ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>5$7(@LWHPSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHWWKHUDWH
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR
*Adjust the rate to maximum swash tilt.
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJH+HOLFRSWHURQO\
This function limits the swash travel to within
a fixed range to prevent damaging of the swash
linkage by simultaneous operation of the ailerons
and elevators. It is effective in 3D aerobatics which
use a large travel.
ŏ 7KHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHGLVSOD\DUHD
7KHYHUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQVKRZVWKH
HOHYDWRUWUDYHO7KH+RUL]RQWDO
GLUHFWLRQVKRZVWKHDLOHURQWUDYHO
ŏ7KHPDUNHUVKRZVWKH
VWLFNSRVLWLRQ
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+5,1*@DWWKHOLQNDJH
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ:KHQWKHVZDVKULQJIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG
DFLUFOHLVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHRSHUDWLQJ
UDQJHGLVSOD\DUHDDQGWKHUDWHLQSXW
ER[LVGLVSOD\HG6WLFNRSHUDWLRQLVOLPLWHG
WRZLWKLQWKHDUHDRIWKLVFLUFOH
66
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SWASH
6ZDVKRSHUDWLRQOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW
VZDVKW\SH+
Neutral Point
At your linkages, if the servo horn deviates from
a perpendicular position at neutral, the linkage
compensation functions in this menu may not
compensate effectively. To correct this use the
Neutral Point function. This will move the neutral
point of the servos to the actual perpendicular
position. However, this adjustment changes only
the datum point of the compensation functions in
this menu, and does not affect the neutral position
of other functions.
Swash AFR
Swash AFR function reduces/increases/reverses
the rate (travel) of the aileron, elevator and
collective pitch functions, by adjusting or reversing
the motion of all servos involved in that function,
only when using that function.
Mixing Rate
This compensation mixing is used to correct
the tendency of the swash-plate for each control.
*Before making the following settings, use the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
Neutral point setting procedure
The neutral point becomes the correction
standard point.
*Adjusting the servo horn so that the neutral point is near the
50% position makes the mixing amount small.
1HXWUDOSRLQWVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>32,17@LWHPDQGKROG
WKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQVRWKDWWKHVHUYRKRUQLV
DWDULJKWDQJOHWRWKHOLQNDJHURGDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQIRUVHFRQGDQGUHDGWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
*The neutral point can also be displayed by bar graph.
$IWHUUHDGLQJWKHQHXWUDOSRLQWXVHWKH
RWKHUFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVWRPDNHIXUWKHU
DGMXVWPHQWV
The following compensation mixing is possible;
PIT to AIL, PIT to ELE, AIL to PIT, ELE to AIL,
and ELE to PIT (HR3 mode.) It adjusts the swash-
plate to operate correctly for each control using the
corresponding compensation mixing.
Linkage Compensation
This compensation mixing is used to correct the
tendency of the swash-plate for pitch control at low
pitch and high pitch.
Speed Compensation
This function is used to cancel the reaction that is
generated by the difference of the operation amount
of each servo when the swash-plate moves.
Swash AFR setting procedure
The swash AFR function makes adjustments
so that the servos travel the specified amount
by [AILERON], [ELEVATOR], and [PITCH]
operation.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
IXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKH$)5UDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWRUULJKW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the AFR rate
is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
67
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
Mixing rate setting procedure
The HR-3 is taken as an example to describe
mixing rate setting. Mixing applied in other swash
modes is different, but the setting procedure is the
same.
*Set the throttle stick to the preset neutral point. Adjust the
length of the linkage rod so that the swash plate is horizontal
at this position.
*The sub trim function can be used to make small
adjustments.
*Adjust so that the pitch curve is a straight line and pitch
operation is maximum.
*When making the following setting, use the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input mode. Push the
EDIT button to end adjustment and return to the cursol
move mode.
$GMXVWPHQWDWDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ>$,/WR3,7@
$GMXVWWKH$,/WR3,7UDWHVRWKHUHLVQR
LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ
ZKHQWKHDLOHURQVWLFNLVPRYHGWRWKHOHIW
DQGULJKW
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
$GMXVWPHQWDWHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ>(/(WR
$,/@>(/(WR3,7@
$GMXVWWKH(/(WR$,/DQG(/(WR3,7UDWHVVR
WKHUHLVQRLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHDLOHURQRUSLWFK
GLUHFWLRQZKHQWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNLVPRYHG
XSDQGGRZQ
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left and right.
*The up and down sides can be adjusted individually.
$GMXVWPHQWDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ>3,7WR$,/@>3,7
WR(/(@
$GMXVWWKH3,7WR$,/DQG3,7WR(/(UDWHVVR
WKDWWKHVZDVKSODWHPRYHVWRWKHKRUL]RQWDO
SRVLWLRQZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNZDVPRYHGWR
PD[LPXPVORZDQGIXOOKLJK
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left and right.
*The slow and high sides can be adjusted individually.
Linkage compensation setting procedure
*Perform linkage compensation setting after mixing rate
setting.
*Linkage compensation compensates for interference by
aileron operation with the elevator or elevator operation
with the aileron at collective pitch control for Low pitch and
Hi pitch.
*When making the following setting, use the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input mode. Push the
EDIT button to end adjustment and return to the cursol
move mode.
&RPSHQVDWLRQDWDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ
>$,/(521@
6HWWKHWKURWWOHWRWKHPD[LPXPVORZSRVLWLRQ
0RYHWKHDLOHURQVWLFNWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKW
DQGDGMXVWWKHDLOHURQFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQW
VRWKDWLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFK
GLUHFWLRQDWWKDWWLPHLVPLQLPXP
*Adjust the EDIT dial to the left and right.
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
*When the interference increases when the compensation
amount was increased, make adjustments with the
compensation direction [DIR] as "-".
&RPSHQVDWLRQDWHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ
>(/(9$725@
$GMXVWWKHHOHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQW
VRWKDWWKHDLOHURQRUSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ
LQWHUIHUHQFHZKHQWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNZDV
PRYHGXSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPXP
5HJDUGLQJVWHSVDQGDERYHSHUIRUP
DLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQVLPLODUO\
DWWKHIXOOKLJKVLGHRIWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDOVR
Speed compensation setting procedure
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
63(('&203(16$7,21LWHPDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNWRWKHQHXWUDOSRLQW
SRVLWLRQ4XLFNO\PRYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNDQG
DGMXVWWKHVSHHGFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQW
>63(('&203(16$7,21@IRUPLQLPXP
LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left and right.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
68
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
TIMER
7LPHUVHWWLQJ
The Timer function may be set for any desired time,
LHHQJLQHUXQWLPHVSHFL¿HGWLPHVIRUFRPSHWLWLRQV
etc. Two independent timers are provided for your use.
The timers are stored independently with each model,
meaning that when you switch between model setups,
the timer associated with the new model is brought up
automatically.
The timers may be set to start and stop from the
motion of any switch or stick. You may set the ON and
OFF directions freely. Each timer has a capacity of up
to 59 minutes 59 seconds.
Timer setting
*Perform the following settings after using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
8SWLPHUGRZQWLPHUVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>02'(@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\PRYLQJWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWRUULJKWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>83@8SWLPHU
>'2:1@'RZQWLPHU
7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@>@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWLPHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIW
RUULJKW
>@>@>PLQ@>VHF@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHPRIWKHVZLWFK
\RXZDQWWRVHWFDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKH
Each timer may be set for count-down or count
up operation with a target time.
If a target time is set and the timer reaches the set
time, a buzzer sound for each count is generated.
Countdown timers sound one short beep during the
last twenty seconds and two short beeps during the
last ten seconds before reaching the target, then a long
tone at the target time, and continue counting with
displaying a minus (-) sign. Count-up timers also beep
the last twenty and ten seconds, beep the target time,
and keep counting upwards until shut down.
VZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQ
[For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.]
>5(6(76:@5HVHWVZLWFK
>67$576:@6WDUWVZLWFK
>67236:@6WRSVZLWFK
Timer operation
ŏ 7LPHUDQG7LPHUDUHVWDUWHGVWRSSHGE\
SUHVHOHFWHGVWDUWVWRSVZLWFK
ŏ 7RUHVHWDWLPHURSHUDWHWKHSUHVHOHFWHG
UHVHWVZLWFKRUPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(6(7@
GLVSOD\RQWKHWLPHUVFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ
6HOHFW>7,0(5@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
69
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
T1-T6 SETTING
'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJV
This function adjusts the digital trim's control
step amount and operation mode (T1~T6.)
When the flight conditions are set, the trim
operation can be coupled with among all the
conditions which combination mode is selected.
Control step amount setting
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>67(3@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQWE\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the control
step amount is reset to the initial value.)
*When the value is made large, the change per step becomes
larger.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
Separate/combination mode selection
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>6(3$&20%@LWHPDQGFKDQJHWREOLQNLQJ
E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQGVHOHFWWKHPRGH
E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>&20%@&RPELQDWLRQPRGH7KHWULPGDWD
DUHUHÁHFWHGDWDOOWKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
>6(3$5@6HSDUDWHPRGH7ULPDGMXVWPHQWIRU
HDFKÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
ŏ6HOHFW>776(77,1*@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
70
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
DATA RESET
0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHWE\LWHP
This function is designed to allow you to reset
selected portions or all of the settings saved in
the active model memory. You may individually
choose to reset the following sets of data;
T1~T6:
Reset the digital trim setting.
*All the conditions, or the condition currently being displayed
(the entire group for group setting), can be selected.
*The trim step amount and trim rate are not reset.
Data resetting method
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
UHVHWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
([HFXWHUHVHWE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
DJDLQ2SHUDWH(',7GLDORU6EXWWRQWRVWRS
UHVHWWLQJ
>77$//&21',7,21@5HVHWVRQO\WKH77
DOOFRQGLWLRQV
>77&85517*5283&21'@5HVHWVRQO\
WKHGDWDRI77FRQGLWLRQLQXVHDQGDOOWKH
FRQGLWLRQVVHWWRJURXSPRGH
>02'(/0(186(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKH
IXQFWLRQVLQWKHPRGHOPHQXH[FHSWWKH
FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV
>$//02'(/6(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQV
LQWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGPRGHOPHQXH[FHSW
WKHIUHTXHQF\PRGHOVHOHFWDQGPRGHO
W\SHIXQFWLRQV
Model menu setting:
Resets all the functions in the Model Menu
except Condition Select.
All model setting:
Resets all Linkage and Model Menu functions
except for Frequency, Model Select, and Model
Type.
ŏ6HOHFW>'$7$5(6(7@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
71
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
COND.HOLD
&RQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
7KLVIXQFWLRQPD\EHXVHGWR¿[WKHPD[LPXP
speed of the engine so that you may adjust flight
conditions when the engine is running. An alarm
indicates that the function is operating. It will
prevent the engine from racing dangerously when
adjusting the Idle-Up settings.
While this function is active, the throttle servo
position is fixed at the point where you operate
when the function is activated. You must deactivate
this function when you are through making
adjustments.
The system will not allow you to activate/
deactivate this function in either of the following
states:
:KHQDQ\RIWKHIOLJKWFRQGLWLRQVZLWFKHV
DUHRQ
:KHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKH
SRLQW
To activate/deactivate Condition hold:
(Home screen)
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&1'+2/'@
6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQWKHSRLQW
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKH
FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
*When this function is active, "IS ON" appears at the right of
the [CND HOLD] display at the left bottom of the screen.
(LINKAGE menu/MODEL menu)
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@
6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQWKHSRLQW
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKH
FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
*Operation is displayed at the bottom of the menu.
Function ON: "CND HOLD IS ON" is displayed.
Function OFF: "CND HOLD IS OFF" is displayed.
72
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/0(18@
DQGUHWXUQ WRWKHKRPH
VFUHHQE\ SXVKLQJWKH
EDITEXWWRQ
MODEL MENU (COMMON FUNCTIONS)
This section describes the AFR, program mixing,
and other functions common to all model types.
Before setting the model data, use the Model
Type function of the Linkage Menu to select the
model type matched to the fuselage. When another
model type is selected thereafter, the AFR, program
mixing, and other setting data are reset.
The functions in the Model Menu can be set for
each flight condition. When you want to use the
system by switching the settings for each condition
by switch, stick position, etc., use the Condition
Select function to add flight conditions. (Up to 8
conditions can be used)
1RWH7KH7)*LVGHVLJQHGVRWKDWWKHDLUSODQH
DQGJOLGHULQFOXGLQJ(3JOLGHUPRGHOW\SHVDUH
FRPSDWLEOHZLWKDLUFUDIWRIVLPLODUW\SHZLQJV
7KLVVHFWLRQRXWOLQHVWKHUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKH
IXQFWLRQVFRPPRQWRDLUSODQHVDQGJOLGHUVH[FHSW
VRPHGHGLFDWHGIXQFWLRQVDQGPRGHOW\SH
7KHVHWWLQJLWHPVGHSHQGRQWKHQXPEHURIVHUYRV
DQGRWKHUGLIIHUHQFHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZLQJW\SH
XVHGEXWUHUHDGWKHP7KHVHWXSVFUHHQVLQWKH
LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDODUHW\SLFDOH[DPSOHV
(Model Menu screen example)
*The Model Menu screen depends on the model type.
This screen is for model type 4AIL+4FLP.
Model Menu functions (Common) list
Ɣ6(592021,725
Servo test and servo position display (For a
description of its functions, see the Linkage Menu
section.)
Ɣ&21'6(/(&7
Flight conditions addition, deletion, copy,
condition renaming, and condition delay can be set.
Ɣ$)5
Sets the rudder angle and curve of all the
operation functions.
Ɣ'8$/5$7(
A D/R curve which can be switched with a switch,
etc. can also be added.
Ɣ352*0,;
Program mixing which can be freely customized.
Up to 10 mixes can be used for each condition.
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
DQGFDOOWKHPRGHOPHQXVKRZQEHORZE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
73
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
&21',76(/(&7
)OLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGGLWLRQGHOHWLRQFRS\FRQGLWLRQUHQDPLQJDQG
FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
The functions in the Model Menu can be used by
switching the settings of up to 8 flight conditions
E\XVLQJWKH&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKW
conditions. Add conditions, as required.
When you do not want to use the Condition
Select function, this setting is unnecessary. In this
case, use the flight conditions assigned at initial
setting.
ŏ6LQFHVZLWFKLQJE\VWLFNDQGOHYHUSRVLWLRQLQ
DGGLWLRQWRRUGLQDU\WRJJOHVZLWFKLVSRVVLEOH
DVWKHIOLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHOHFWRUVZLWFKWKLV
IXQFWLRQFDQEHOLQNHGZLWKRWKHURSHUDWLRQV
ŏ$&RQGLWLRQ'HOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW
8QQHFHVVDU\IXVHODJHPRWLRQJHQHUDWHG
ZKHQWKHUHDUHVXGGHQFKDQJHVLQWKHVHUYR
SRVLWLRQVDQGZKHQWKHUHDUHYDULDWLRQVLQ
WKHRSHUDWLQJWLPHEHWZHHQFKDQQHOVGXULQJ
FRQGLWLRQVZLWFKLQJFDQEHVXSSUHVVHG7KH
GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
:KHQVHWWLQJWKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQDWWKH
VZLWFKLQJGHVWLQDWLRQFRQGLWLRQWKH
UHODWHGIXQFWLRQFKDQJHVDIWHUDGHOD\
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVHWDPRXQW
ŏ:KHQPXOWLSOHFRQGLWLRQVZHUHVHWWKHLU
RSHUDWLRQSULRULW\FDQEHIUHHO\FKDQJHG
ŏ7KHFRQGLWLRQQDPHFDQEHFKDQJHG7KH
VHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQQDPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQ
WKHVFUHHQ:KHQDFRQGLWLRQKDVEHHQ
DGGHGJLYHLWDQDPHZKLFKFDQEHHDVLO\
FRQÀUPHG
(Conditions List)
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>&21',76(/(&7@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)
*The data (except the condition name) of the condition
currently being used is copied to the added condition.
Condition deletion
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKHFRQGLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRGHOHWHLQWKH
FRQGLWLRQVOLVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The number before the condition name become reverse-
video to show that it is to be deleted.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>5(029(@DQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG
*Note that if initially operated up and down, the objective
condition changes.
:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGDJDLQWKH
FRQGLWLRQLVGHOHWHG2SHUDWHWKH(',7GLDO
RU6EXWWRQWRVWRSGHOHWLRQ
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*Perform the settings below after using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
Condition addition
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRDQ\
FRQGLWLRQLQWKHFRQGLWLRQVOLVWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ\RXZDQWWR
DGG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>$''@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*Only the No. of the conditions which can be added is
displayed.
$GGWKHFRQGLWLRQE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQDJDLQ3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQG
DGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYH
PRGH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>6:,7&+@LWHPFDOOWKH
VZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQWREHXVHGLQFRQGLWLRQVZLWFKLQJ
74
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
Condition name change
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKHFRQGLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHLQWKH
FRQGLWLRQVOLVW
*The number before the condition name become reverse-
video to show that it is to be deleted.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>5(1$0(@DQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The condition name setup screen appears.
&KDQJHWKHFRQGLWLRQQDPHDVGHVFULEHG
EHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQLQSXWER[@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH(',7
EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\
DIWHUWKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQDFDQGLGDWHFKDUDFWHULVVHOHFWHG
IURPWKHFKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LVSXVKHGWKDWFKDUDFWHULVDGGHGDWWKH
SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 8 characters long can be entered as the
condition name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
$WWKHHQGRILQSXWVHOHFW>(17(5@DQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHVHOHFW>&$1&(/@
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
Condition copy
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRDQ\
FRQGLWLRQLQWKHFRQGLWLRQVOLVWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>&23<@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The copy screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
6285&(&21'FRS\VRXUFHLWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The models already saved are displayed at the right side of
the screen.
$IWHUXVLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKHFRS\VRXUFHFRQGLWLRQSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The copy source condition is displayed at the "SOURCE
COND." position.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
'(67,1&1'FRS\GHVWLQDWLRQDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The models already saved are displayed at the right side of
the screen.
$IWHUXVLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKHFRS\GHVWLQDWLRQFRQGLWLRQSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The copy destination conditions are displayed at the
"DESTIN.COND." position.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&23<@
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG
:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGDJDLQFRS\
LVH[HFXWHG2SHUDWH(',7GLDORU6EXWWRQ
WRVWRSFRS\LQJ
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
3ULRULW\FKDQJH
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FRQGLWLRQZKRVHSULRULW\\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH
LQWKHFRQGLWLRQOLVW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>83@RU>'2:1@RI
>35,25,7<@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7KHODVW
FRQGLWLRQEHFRPHVWKHKLJKHVWSULRULW\
*The initial setting condition cannot be shifted. The priority
is the lowest.
Condition delay setting
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKHFRQGLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHLQWKH
FRQGLWLRQOLVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>'(/$<@DQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The condition delay setup screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
'(/$<LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHW
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHGHOD\DPRXQWZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ 7KHVHWWLQJPRGHJURXS>*5283@VLQJOH
>6,1*/(@PRGHFDQEHVZLWFKHG
(For more information, see the description at the back of this
manual.)
75
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
$)5
7KHUXGGHUDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKRSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHO
W\SHV@
AFR function is used to adjust the throw and
operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch
functions (CH1 to CH12, and V1 to V4) for each
flight condition. This is normally used after End
Point has defined the maximum throw. When
mixing is applied from one channel to another
channel, both channels can be adjusted at the same
time by adjusting the operation rate through the
AFR function.
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW7KUHHW\SHV
RIFXUYHV(;3(;3DQG32,17FDQEH
VHOHFWHG$PD[LPXPSRLQWVFXUYHFDQEH
XVHGIRUWKHSRLQWFXUYHW\SH,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
SRLQWV7KHQXPEHURISRLQWVFDQDOVREH
LQFUHDVHGDQGGHFUHDVHGDQGFXUYHVIURP
FRPSOH[FXUYHVWRVLPSOHFXUYHVFDQEH
XVHG
ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW7KHRSHUDWLRQ
VSHHGRIHDFKIXQFWLRQZKHQWKHIXQFWLRQ
LVRSHUDWHGLQFOXGLQJDWIOLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
VZLWFKLQJFDQEHDGMXVWHG7KHIXQFWLRQ
RSHUDWHVVPRRWKO\DWDFRQVWDQWVSHHG
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVHWVSHHG
(Currently selected condition name)
(Number of D/R curves set at the currently
selected condition)
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ
*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFK*52836,1*/(O
(For more information, see the description at the back
of this manual.)
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ6HOHFW>$)5@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
Function selection method
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>)81&@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGIXQFWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWRU
ULJKWSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The setting mode (group [GROUP]/single [SNGLE] mode) can be switched (For more
information, see the description at the back of this manual.)
[AFR/D/R]: Displays the currently
selected rate (AFR/D/R).
ŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
76
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
'XDOUDWHDGGLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1+@GLVSOD\RIDQ
XQXVHG'5DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQLWRIIE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIW
DQGDFWLYDWHWKH'5IXQFWLRQE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)81&7,21LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@LWHPDQG
FDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ
(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the end of this manual.)
'8$/5$7(
>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
D/R curves which can be switched by switch,
etc. can be added. The curve can be adjusted by the
AFR function.
ŏ8SWRUDWHVFDQEHDGGHGIRUHDFK
FRQGLWLRQ
ŏ '5LVVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQGLVQRW
UHÁHFWHGDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV
ŏ '5DWWKHWRSRIWKH'5OLVWKDVSULRULW\
ŏ6HOHFW>'8$/5$7(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
77
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
352*0,;(6
3URJUDPPL[LQJZKLFKFDQEHIUHHO\FXVWRPL]HG8SWRPL[LQJVFDQ
EHXVHGIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
Programmable mixing may be used to correct
undesired tendencies of the aircraft, and it may also be
XVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJPHDQV
that the motion of a command channel, called the
"master," is added to the motion of the mixed channel,
called "slave."
You may choose to have the Master's trim added to
the Slave channel response ("Trim" setting). The mixing
curve can be changed so that the undesired tendencies
can be corrected effectively by setting the EXP1/EXP2/
POINT modes. The Delay function can be programmed
for each rate. The Delay is used to change the rate
smoothly when switching mixes. You may define
Mixing ON/OFF switch, control or you may choose to
have mixing remaining on all the time. Mixing ON/OFF
delay time can be adjusted.
Offset-type mixing applies a fixed offset or preset
to the programmed channel servo operation and may
control up to four circuits simultaneously.
The Programmable mixing includes a powerful link
function, which allows Programmable mixing to be
linked with the special mixing functions, or with other
programmable mixing functions. The link function can
be set up for Master and Slave channel individually.
The slave channel AFR mode (STK-STK mode)
may be selected, where the slave channel AFR and
D/R settings are observed when Link function is set.
7KHNQREIRU¿QHWXQLQJFDQEHVHWXSIRUHYHU\PL[LQJ
circuit. (Fine tune function)
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>352*0,;(6@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see
the description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ0L[RSHUDWLQJGLVSOD\
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
0L[VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO
ŏ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[1R
ZKRVHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWR
DFWLYDWHDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When the function is activated, the master and
slave channel name or is displayed.
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ*52836,1*/(
(For more information, see the description at the back of
this manual.)
Mixing mode change
ŏ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[1RZKRVHPRGH\RX
ZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH&KDQJHWKHPRGH
GLVSOD\EOLQNVE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQGFKDQJH
WKHPRGHE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
[MIXING]: Mixing from normal master CH to slave CH
[OFFSET]: Master CH not used
ŏ&XUUHQWPL[1R
78
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
*Perform the settings below after using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
Ɣ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRDFWLYDWHIXQFWLRQVIRURQO\
VHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>*5283@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWXQWLO>6,1*/(@
VWDUWVWREOLQNDQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The mode changes to the single mode [SINGLE].
*When using common settings at each conditions, remain in
the [GROUP] mode.
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>,1+@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWXQWLO>$&7@VWDUWV
WREOLQNDQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The function is activated. (ON or OFF display)
*ON/OFF switch and mix rate are not set even through the
function is activated.
Ɣ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@LWHPFDOO
WKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ
(For a description of the setting method, see [Switch Setting
Method] at the back of this manual.)
*Always on when [--].
Ɣ0DVWHUFKDQQHOVHWWLQJH[FHSWRIIVHW
type mixing)
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>)81&7,21+:@LWHP
RI>0$67(5@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*Check the direction by actual operation.
*Master channel control can be set to simple operating
amount of sticks and VR which do not include ATV, AFR,
D/R, and mixing setting. In this case, the switch setup
screen is displayed by pushing the EDIT button with "H/W"
selected by function selection. Select master channel side
control. (To terminate the "H/W" selection, select the [--]
display and push the EDIT button.
Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>)81&7,21+:@LWHP
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
(For a description of the switch setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see the description
at the back of this manual.)
ŏ/LQNVHWWLQJ
ŏ0DVWHU&+
ŏ6ODYH&+
ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ
ŏ6ODYH&+$)5PRGH
ŏ212))
ŏ0L[212))GHOD\
79
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVHF
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the delay time
is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
RI>6/$9(@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[ZLWKRWKHU
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*Check the direction by actual operation.
Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHWULPPRGHPRYHWKH
FXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW212))E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQG
VHWWKHVHOHFWLRQE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When mixing includes master side trim, select [ON] and
when mixing does not include master trim, select [OFF].
*Effective when a function is set at the master channel.
Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHO$)5PRGHVHWWLQJ67.67.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>67.67.@LWHP
VHOHFWWKHPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
DQGFKDQJHWKHPRGHE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*When link is set at the slave side, and you want to add AFR
(D/R) to the mixing rate, select [ON].
*This is effective when the linkage is the same, but the travels
are substantially different.
Ɣ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ
Operation control [CTRL], operation mode
[MODE], and rate [RATE] adjustment is possible
by [FINE TUNING] item.
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKH¿QHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH
the description at the back of this manual.)
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Adjustment is possible with the [SPEED] item.
(For a description of the servo speed setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual).
Ɣ0L[LQJ212))GHOD\VHWWLQJ
Delay time at mix ON [START] and delay time
at mix OFF [STOP] adjustment is possible by
[DELAY] item.
*This function is inactive when a mixing switch is not set.
0RYHWKH>67$57@RU>6723@LWHPDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVWWKHGHOD\WLPHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXHVHF
80
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/0(18@
DQGUHWXUQ WRWKHKRPH
VFUHHQE\ SXVKLQJWKH
EDITEXWWRQ
MODEL MENU (AIRPLANE/GLIDER FUNCTIONS)
The dedicated mixes, etc. usable when airplane
or glider model type is selected are displayed in
this Model Menu functions section. First use the
Model Type function of the Linkage Menu to
preset the model type, wing type, and tail type
matched to the fuselage used. Later setting resets
the data set by mixing function, etc.
These dedicated mixes can be set for each
flight condition, as required. When you want to
use the system by switching the settings for each
condition by switch or stick position, use the
&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
(Up to 8 conditions can be used)
1RWH7KH7)*LVGHVLJQHGVRWKDWWKHDLUSODQH
DQGJOLGHUPRGHOW\SHVFDQKDQGOHDLUFUDIWRIWKH
VDPHZLQJW\SH
7KHIXQFWLRQVFRPPRQWRDLUSODQHVDQGJOLGHUV
H[FHSWVRPHGHGLFDWHGIXQFWLRQVDUHVXPPDUL]HG
ZLWKRXWUHJDUGWRWKHPRGHOW\SH
7KHVHWWLQJLWHPVDUHGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQWKH
QXPEHURIVHUYRVHWFDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZLQJW\SH
XVHG7KHVHWXSVFUHHQVLQWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO
DUHW\SLFDOH[DPSOHV
Model Menu functions list
AIL DIFFERENT.
This function adjusts the left and right ailerons.
5ROOD[LVFRUUHFWLRQDQG¿QHWXQLQJZLWKD95DUH
also possible. This is convenient when making
VHWWLQJVGXULQJÀLJKW
[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
FLAP SETTING
7KHÀDSVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\)RUD
ÀDSVPRGHOWKHFDPEHUÀDSVFDQEHPL[HGZLWK
WKHEUDNHÀDSV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to CAMBERFLP
This mix operates the camber flaps in
the aileron mode. It improves the operation
characteristic of the roll axis. [Airplane/glider, 2
DLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to BRAKEFLP
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
mode. It improves the operation characteristic of
WKHUROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to RUD
This mix is used when you want to operate the
rudder at aileron operation. Banking at a shallow
bank angle is possible. [Airplane/glider, general]
AIRBRAKE to ELE
This mix is used to correct operation of the
airbrakes (spoilers) when landing. [Airplane/
glider, general]
(Model Menu screen example)
*The Model Menu screen depends on the model type.
This screen is for model type 4AIL+4FLP.
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
DQGFDOOWKHPRGHOPHQXVKRZQEHORZE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
81
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AIR BRAKE
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
ELEVATOR
(ELEVATOR 2)
V-TAIL
AILVATOR
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
RUDDER 1
RUDDER
(RUDDER 2)
Winglet
at Flying wing at Flying wing
( )
( )
ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2
(AILERON 5)
(AILERON 6)
RUD to AIL
This mix is used to correct roll maneuvers,
knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane/glider,
general]
CAMBER Mix
7KLVPL[DGMXVWVWKHFDPEHUDQGFRUUHFWVWKH
HOHYDWRUV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH@
ELE to CAMBER
7KLVPL[LVXVHGZKHQ\RXZDQWWRWKHPL[FDPEHU
ÁDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ/LIWLQJIRUFHFDQ
EHLQFUHDVHGDWHOHYDWRUVXS>$LUSODQHJOLGHU
DLOHURQVRUPRUH@
CAMBERFLP to ELE
7KLVPL[LVXVHGWRFRUUHFWIRUDWWLWXGHFKDQJHVZKHQ
WKHFDPEHUÁDSVDUHEHLQJXVHG>$LUSODQHJOLGHU
DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH@
BUTTERFLY (Crow)
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQSRZHUIXOEUDNHRSHUDWLRQ
LVQHFHVVDU\>*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH@
TRIM MIX 1/2
7KHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÁDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHFDQ
EHFDOOHGE\VZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ>*OLGHU
DLOHURQVRUPRUH@
AIRBRAKE
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQDLUEUDNHVDUHQHFHVVDU\
ZKHQODQGLQJRUZKHQGLYLQJHWFGXULQJÁLJKW
$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
GYRO
7KLVLVDGHGLFDWHGPL[ZKHQD*<$6HULHVJ\URLV
XVHG>$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO@
V-TAIL
7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHHOHYDWRUVDQGUXGGHURI
9WDLOPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLOVSHFLÀFDWLRQV@
AILEVATOR
7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHHOHYDWRUVDQGDLOHURQVRI
PRGHOVZLWKHOHYDWRUVSHFLÀFDWLRQV>$LUSODQH
JOLGHUHOHYDWRUVSHFLÀFDWLRQV@
WINGLET
7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHOHIWDQGULJKWUXGGHUV
RIZLQJOHWPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW
VSHFLÀFDWLRQV@
MOTOR
7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGZKHQWKHPRWRURI)%DQG
RWKHU(3JOLGHUVLVVWDUWHGE\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW>(3
JOLGHUJHQHUDO@
RUD to ELE
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRFRUUHFWUROOPDQHXYHUVNQLIH
HGJHHWFRIVWXQWSODQHV>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
SNAP ROLL
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHVQDSUROOVZLWFKDQGDGMXVWV
WKHVWHHULQJDQJOHRIHDFKUXGGHU6HUYRVSHHGFDQ
DOVREHDGMXVWHG>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
82
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL DIFFERENT.
>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH@
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. The differential rate can
also be adjusted according to the flying state by
VHWWLQJD¿QHWXQLQJ95
ŏ&DOOVWKH$)5VFUHHQGLUHFWO\ZKHQ
DGMXVWLQJDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ$)5
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
7KHJUDSKLVRSHUDWHGE\VHWWLQJD95HWF
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ$LOHURQOHIWULJKWDGMXVWPHQW
<Wing type: 4 ailerons screen>
*The display screen is an example. The actual screen
depends on the Model Type.
ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHDLOHURQ$,/aOHIWRU
ULJKWVHWWLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHDLOHURQDQJOHVZKHQWKHVWLFNLV
PRYHGWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWHQG
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*The aileron AFR screen can be directly called from the AIL
Differential setup screen. ([AIL-AFR] )
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHILQHWXQLQJ95PRYHWKH
FXUVRUWRWKHLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ7KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/',))@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
83
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
FLAP SETTING
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV
)/3EUDNHIODSV)/3FDQEHDGMXVWHG
independently at each servo according to the wing
type.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH
RIIVHW
The camber flaps of a 4-flap model can be
PL[HGZLWKWKHEUDNHÀDSV%UDNH)/3WRFDPEHU
FLP)
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:LQJW\SHÀDSVVFUHHQ!
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIODS)/3a8SRU
'RZQLWHPDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZLQJW\SHDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOLQGHSHQGHQWO\
ŏ7RRIIVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQW
RIHDFKIODSPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJ2IIVHWLWHP8VHWKH(',7GLDO
WRRIIVHWWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQW
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQ
UHIHUHQFHSRLQW
RIIVHW
ŏ8SVLGH'RZQ
VLGHDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
this manual.)
ŏ:KHQXVLQJ%UDNH)/3WR&DPEHU)/3PL[LQJ
PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQG
WXUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
&$0%(5)/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ
%5$.()/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ
%)/3WR&)/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFW>)/$36(77,1*@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
84
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
AIL to CAMB.FLP
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVIODSVRU
PRUH
This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps
perform aileron operation simultaneously and
the operation characteristic of the roll axis is
improved.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
FDQEHÀQHWXQHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDS
VHUYR
ŏ/HIWULJKWRYHUDOO
DGMXVWPHQWDW5DWH$
DQG5DWH%
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWLWHPRI
HDFKÁDSVHUYRDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHPL[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@
LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWLWWR21DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR&$0%)/3@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
this manual.)
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
85
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
AIL to BRAKEFLP
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHIODSV)/3
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the aileron and brake flaps
perform the aileron operation simultaneously
and the operation characteristic of the roll axis is
improved.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWDQGULJKWPL[LQJUDWHVFDQEH
DGMXVWHGIRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
Ɣ6HWWLQJPHWKRG
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWEXWWRQRI
HDFKÁDSVHUYRDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by reversing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQNLWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWLWWR21DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDS
VHUYR
ŏ/HIWULJKWRYHUDOO
DGMXVWPHQWDW5DWH$
DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR%5$.()/3@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
this manual.)
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
86
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
V-TAIL
RUDDER 2
Winglet
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing at Flying wing
( )
( )
AIL 3 AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL to RUD
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)LQH7XQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH
95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHOHFWHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
[Fine tuning VR operation mode]
[LIN.] 0L[LQJUDWHDWFHQWHURI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGFORFNZLVHDQG
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVHWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
[ATL+] 0L[LQJUDWHDWOHIWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[ATL-] 0L[LQJUDWHDWULJKWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[SYM.] :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWRWKHOHIWRU
ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
UDWHLQFUHDVHV
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ/HIWULJKWRYHUDOO
DGMXVWPHQWDW5DWH$
DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR58'@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
this manual.)
*The display screen is
an example. The actual
screen depends on the
model type.
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
87
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
AIRBRAKE
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
AIRBRAKE to ELE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
This mix is used when you want to mix the
elevators with airbrake (spoiler) operation. It
raises the elevators to correct for dropping of the
nose during airbrake operation.
*This function does not operate when airbrake is not assigned
at the Function menu in the Linkage Menu.
ŏ7KH5DWHVLGH5DWHVLGHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH
HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information,
refer to the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRI
HDFKHOHYDWRU
VHUYR
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
88
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH
95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
[Fine tuning VR operation mode]
[LIN.] 0L[LQJUDWHDWFHQWHURI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGFORFNZLVHDQG
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVHWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
[ATL+] 0L[LQJUDWHDWOHIWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[ATL-] 0L[LQJUDWHDWULJKWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[SYM.] :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWRWKHOHIWRU
ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
UDWHLQFUHDVHV
89
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
V-TAIL
RUDDER 2
Winglet
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing at Flying wing
( )
( )
AIL 3 AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
RUD to AIL
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder operation. It is used
when rudder is applied during roll maneuvers,
knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. It can be used to
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full
size plane.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHE\VHWWLQJD95
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHILQHWXQLQJ95
VHWWLQJPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH
EDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@
LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21LV
GLVSOD\HG
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ/HIWULJKWRYHUDOO
DGMXVWPHQWDW5DWH$
DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>58'WR$,/@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
this manual.)
*The display screen is an example. The
actual screen depends on the model type.
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
[Fine tuning VR operation mode]
[LIN.] 0L[LQJUDWHDWFHQWHURI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGFORFNZLVHDQG
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVHWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
[ATL+] 0L[LQJUDWHDWOHIWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[ATL-] 0L[LQJUDWHDWULJKWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[SYM.] :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWRWKHOHIWRU
ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
UDWHLQFUHDVHV
90
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
CAMBER MIX
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function adjusts the AFR (D/R) rate
of camber operation which operates the wing
camber (ailerons, camber flaps, brake flaps) in
the negative and positive directions. The aileron,
flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted
independently by curve, and attitude changes
caused by camber operation can be corrected.
*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.
ŏ7KHXSGRZQVLGHUDWHVRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQG
HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\FXUYH:KHQ
WKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHGE\WKHOLQNDJH
DGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJWKH
PL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW
VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ
EHVHW
ŏ7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUVHUYRV
FDQEHVHW,1VLGH287VLGH
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
FXWVZLWFK
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
VHWWLQJ
ŏ&DPEHU$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO
(For a description of the setting method, refer to
the AFR function.)
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
ŏ$LOHURQUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>&$0%(50,;@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJVFUHHQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
91
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDFRQGLWLRQGHOD\PRYHWKH
FXUVRUWRWKH>&21''(/$<@LWHPDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH
6HWWKHGHOD\ZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
:KHQVHWWLQJDFXWVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WR>&876:@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
FDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH
VZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21
DW>@VHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\
IXQFWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ&DPEHU$)5'5VFUHHQFDOO
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH&DPEHU$)5LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWXSPHWKRGVHH
WKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
&XUYHUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ
ŏ7KHFXUYHDQGUDWHDUHDGMXVWHGE\FDOOLQJ
WKHDLOHURQIODSDQGHOHYDWRUFXUYHUDWH
VFUHHQV
7KHUDWHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKVHUYRFDQEHVHW
E\FDOOLQJHDFKVFUHHQ)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRI
WKHFXUYHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
7KHVHUYRVSHHGFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHG
92
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
ELE to CAMBER
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
WKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\XSHOHYDWRUDQGOLIWFDQ
be increased.
Note: Tailless wing elevator can be operated
when this mix is activated.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ŏ$LOHURQVDQGIODSVUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
6HOHFWWKHUDWHER[DQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHVE\WXUQLQJ
WKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQG
DGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWR
WKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREH
VHOHFWHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information,
refer to the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>(/(WR&$0%(5@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the description at the
back of this manual.
*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on the
model type.
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
93
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
CAMB.FLP to ELE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU
DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH
This mixing is used to correct changes (elevator
GLUHFWLRQJHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHFDPEHUÀDSVVSHHG
ÀDSVDUHXVHG
ŏ7KHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVXSVLGHGRZQVLGHUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG
E\WKHOLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\
FKDQJLQJWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU²
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVOHIW
DQGULJKWLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
PL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or –).
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQEH
VHOHFWHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>&$0%)/3WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
*The display screen is an
example. The actual screen
depends on the model type.
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information,
refer to the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
94
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
BUTTERFLY
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function allows powerful brake operation
by simultaneously raising the left and right
ailerons and lowering the flaps (camber flap,
EUDNHÀDS
This setting will allow the ailerons to be raised
while the flaps are simultaneously lowered.
%XWWHUÀ\&URZSURGXFHVDQH[WUHPHO\HI¿FLHQW
landing configuration by accomplishing the
IROORZLQJ
6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\
3URYLGHZDVKRXWDWWKHZLQJWLSVWRUHGXFH
WKHWHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
&UHDWHPRUHOLIWWRZDUGWKHFHQWHURIWKH
ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHEXWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEH
RIIVHW:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGZLWKWKH
2IIVHWLWHPVHOHFWHGZKHQRSHUDWHGWRWKH
SRVLWLRQWREHFKDQJHGWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLV
RIIVHW,IWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLVRIIVHWWRRPXFK
XQH[SHFWHGRSHUDWLRQPD\EHSHUIRUPHG
ŏ7KHDLOHURQVDQGÁDSVRSHUDWLRQVSHHGFDQEH
DGMXVWHG,1VLGH287VLGH
ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW
VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ
DOVREHVHW
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
*When servo binding occurs when setting the ailerons and
ÀDSVLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJXVHWKH$)5IXQFWLRQWRDGMXVWWKH
rudder angle.
ŏ:KHQRIIVHWWLQJWKHEXWWHUIO\RSHUDWLRQ
UHIHUHQFHSRLQWRSHUDWHWRWKHSRLQW\RXZDQW
WRFKDQJHDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG
ŏ'LIIHUHQWLDOUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ7RHOHYDWRUFRUUHFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQ
ŏ&DOOVWKH%XWWHUÁ\$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQ
(For a description of the setting method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ$LOHURQDQGÁDSVHUYRVVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
DQGFXWVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ 6HOHFWWKH0L[LQJ5DWH$,/DQG)/3
ER[DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHV
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQG
DGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRO
PRYHPRGH
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>%877(5)/<@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH
(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKVHOHFWWKH6:,7&+>@
ER[DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH3UHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
FDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH
VZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
95
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
(OHYDWRUFRUUHFWLRQUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
96
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
TRIM MIX 1/2
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
These functions call the ailerons, elevators, and
ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSVEUDNHÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHV
SUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWH
The amount of ailerons, elevator, and flaps
FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDSWULPRIIVHWFDQEHVHWWR
a switch.
As an example Trim Mix 1 can be set up for
ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURSSHG
and a slight amount of up elevator. Trim mix
2 can be used for high speed flying, with both
DLOHURQVDQGVSHHGÀDSVUHÀH[HGVOLJKWO\DQGDELW
of down elevator.
The trim functions can be activated during
ÀLJKWE\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK7RSUHYHQWVXGGHQWULP
FKDQJHVZKHQVZLWFKLQJÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\
can be set to provide a smooth transition between
the two. Trim Mix 2 will have priority over Trim
Mix 1.
ŏ:KHQDÀQHWXQLQJ95LVVHWRQWKHQH[WSDJHWKHDLOHURQV
ÁDSVDQGHOHYDWRUVWULPUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVHWWLQJLWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
DGMXVWWKHUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKH
FXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ7KHDLOHURQVIODSVDQG
HOHYDWRUVRIIVHWUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJVHWWLQJLWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWHZLWK
WKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQG
DGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWR
WKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
Example
0RYHWRWKH$&7,1+ LWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWULPPL[IXQFWLRQWR>21@
*When separating the settings for each condition, move to
the [GROUP] item and set it to [Single].
6HOHFWWKH212))VZLWFK
6HOHFWWKH>0DQXDO@RU>$XWR@PRGH
,QWKH >$XWR@PRGHDOVRVHOHFWDQDXWR6:7KLV
VZLWFKFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFNHWF
6SHHG!
 ,Q7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGDWVZLWFK21FDQEHVHW
 2XW7KHUHWXUQVSHHGDWVZLWFK2))FDQEHVHW
)LQH7XQLQJ!
7KHRIIVHWUDWHFDQEHYDULHGLQWKH)LQH7XQLQJ
QXPHULFUDQJHVHWDWVFUHHQ >@E\95HWF
VHOHFWLRQ
&RQGLWLRQ'HOD\!
 :KHQÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDUHVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG
FDQEHVHWIRUHDFK FRQGLWLRQ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
RSHUDWLRQFDQEHLQWHUUXSWHGDQG HDFKUXGGHU
TXLFNO\UHWXUQHGWRLWVRULJLQDOSRVLWLRQE\VHOHFWLQJD
FXWVZLWFK
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>75,00,;RU@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
97
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description at the back of
this manual.)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
ŏ:KHQXVLQJDILQHWXQLQJ95PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKLVLWHPDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ
6HOHFWWKH95DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJIRUD
GHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRG
VHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDODQGFXWVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
ŏ$LOHURQVÁDSVDQHOHYDWRUVVHUYR
VSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see
the description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ0DQXDO$XWRPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0DQXDO6ZLWFKHVWKHIXQFWLRQ212))E\VZLWFK
$XWR7ULPPL[IXQFWLRQFDOOFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFN
HWF$VWLFNVZLWFKHWFVHSDUDWHIURPWKHIXQFWLRQ
212))VZLWFKLVVHW
98
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
AIRBRAKE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
This function is used when an air brake is
necessary when landing or diving, etc.
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap,
brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a
switch.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. (IN side/OUT side) A delay can be set
for each condition, and a Cut switch which will
turn OFF the delay can be chosen. Trim amounts
FDQEHILQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95<RXFDQDOVR
set the Auto Mode, which will link Airbrake to a
stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or
dial can also be set as the ON/OFF switch.
6HWWLQJH[DPSOHIRU)$DQGRWKHUÀDSHURQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV
:KHQDLOHURQVPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWHG
2IIVHWUDWH
 $,/>a@$,/>a@(/(>a@
1RWH7KHLQSXWQXPHULFVDUHH[DPSOHV$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOWR
match the aircraft.
0RGHVHWWLQJ
 $&7>21@
 *URXS>6LQJOH@
 6ZLWFK>6:&@
 0RGH>0DQXDO@
ŏ:KHQDILQHWXQLQJ95LVVHWRQWKHQH[WSDJHWKHDLOHURQV
ÁDSVDQGHOHYDWRUVWULPUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVHWWLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWH
ZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRO
PRYHPRGH
ŏ7KHDLOHURQVIODSVDQG
HOHYDWRUVRIIVHWUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJVHWWLQJLWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWHZLWK
WKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQG
DGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWR
WKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
99
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGWXUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description at the back of
this manual.)
ŏ:KHQXVLQJDILQHWXQLQJ95PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKLVVHWWLQJLWHPDQG
SUHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ
6HOHFWWKH95DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJIRUD
GHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRG
VHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDODQGFXWVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
ŏ$LOHURQVÁDSVDQHOHYDWRUVVHUYR
VSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see
the description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ0DQXDO$XWRPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0DQXDO6ZLWFKHVWKHIXQFWLRQ212))E\VZLWFK
$XWR7ULPPL[IXQFWLRQFDOOFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFN
HWF$VWLFNVZLWFKHWFVHSDUDWHIURPWKHIXQFWLRQ
212))VZLWFKLVVHW
100
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
GYRO
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQD*<$6HULHVJ\UR
is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The
VHQVLWLYLW\DQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH1RUPDOPRGH*<
mode) can be switched with a switch.
ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEH
VZLWFKHG
ŏ8SWRD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEH
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\FRQWUROOHG
*Initial setting does not assign a sensitivity channel. Use the
Function menu of the Linkage Menu to assign the sensitivity
FKDQQHO*\UR*\UR*\URXVHGWRDYDFDQWFKDQQHO
beforehand.
Set [Control] and [Trim] other than Function to [--].
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQPRGH$9&6125DQGVHQVLWLYLW\RI
WKHD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEHVHW
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the
description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEHXVHG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ:KHQD)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHGZKHQ>*<@W\SHLVVHOHFWHGWKH
VHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6DQG1250PRGHV
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH6:,7&+LWHPDQGSUHVV
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFK
DQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDW
WKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO
(Example) Setting 3 axes using a GYA351 and GYA352 (2 axes gyro)
ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG
ŏ6HW*\UR*<$ &+*\UR*<$&+*\UR*<$&+DWWKH
)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
ŏ 5DWH>2))@>*<@>6:(@>*53@>1250@>@>1250@>@>1250@>@
 5DWH>,1+@>*<@>@>*53@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@
 5DWH>2))@>*<@>6((@>*53@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@
*When separating the conditions, set to [SNGL].
6HWVRWKDW5DWHLVWXUQHGRQDWWKHEDFNSRVLWLRQRIVZLWFK(DQG5DWHLVWXUQHG21DWWKH
front position.
Since switch E is turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
101
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
ELEVATOR
(RUDDER 2)
RUDDER
(ELEVATOR 2)
V-TAIL
V-TAIL
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLO
This function let’s you adjust for left and right
rudder angle changes at elevator and rudder
RSHUDWLRQRID9WDLODLUSODQH
9WDLOLVZKHQVHUYRVDUHXVHGWRJHWKHUWR
control rudder movement as elevators. In addition
to each rudder side moving up and down together,
each side moves in opposite directions when moving
DVHOHYDWRUV2QD9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVD
Ruddervator, as they can serve the same purpose.
5XGGHUIXQFWLRQ
/HIWDQGULJKWWUDYHO
DGMXVWPHQWDW&+DQG&+
UXGGHURSHUDWLRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description
at the back of this manual.)
(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ
8SDQGGRZQWUDYHODGMXVWPHQWDW
&+DQG&+HOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>97$,/@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out
of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
102
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2
(AILERON 5)
(AILERON 6)
AILEVATOR
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU97DLO
(Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)
This function improves the operating performance of
the roll axis by operating the elevators as ailerons.
Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard
(conventional) or v-tail moves independently, like
ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side
moving up and down together, each side moves in
opposite directions when moving as an Ailevator. On
D9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVD5XGGHUYDWRUDVWKH\
can serve the same purpose. Typically, both Ailevator
and ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll
performance, especially on larger wingspan planes.
1RWH6HOHFW$LOHYDWRUDVWKH0RGHO7\SHDWWKH0RGHO
7\SHVFUHHQ7KLVFKDQJHVWKHRXWSXWFKDQQHO&KHFN
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
$LOHURQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ:KHQWKHHOHYDWRUVDUHXVHG
DVDLOHURQVDLOHURQWUDYHORI
WKHOHIWDQGULJKWHOHYDWRUV
FDQEHDGMXVWHG
(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ
ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQUDWHRIWKHOHIW
DQGULJKWHOHYDWRUVZKHQWKH
HOHYDWRUVWLFNLVPDQLSXODWHGFDQ
EHLQGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWHG
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description
at the back of this manual.)
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/(9$725@DWWKH
PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out
of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
103
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing
( )
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
( )
WINGLET
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW
This function adjusts the left and right rudder
angles of airplanes with winglets.
Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of
aircraft lowering the lift-induced drag caused by
wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled
extension at the tips of each wing.
Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect
ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural
stress and hence necessary weight of its structure
- an extension of wing span would also permit
lowering of induced drag, though it would cause
parasitic drag and would require boosting the
strength of the wing and hence its weight - there
would come a point at which no overall useful
saving would be made. A winglet helps to solve this
by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without
adding to the span of the wing.
5XGGHU
ŏ7KHWUDYHODWUXGGHUVWLFNOHIWDQGULJKWRSHUDWLRQFDQ
EHLQGLYLGXDOO\VHW
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description
at the back of this manual.)
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>:,1*/(7@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
104
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
MOTOR
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@(3JOLGHUJHQHUDO
This function lets you set the operation speed
when the motor of a F5B or other EP glider is
started by switch. The operation speed can be set
in 2 ranges of slow speed flight and high speed
ÀLJKW6SHHG6SHHG7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQDOVREH
operated as a safety function by setting 2 switches.
ŏ7KH,QVLGHDQG2XWVLGHRSHUDWLQJVSHHGVFDQ
EHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV6SHHG
6SHHG
ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW
)URP6SHHGWR6SHHG
ŏ7KHVHWRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
DFWLYDWHGDWLQLWLDORSHUDWLRQRQO\WLPH
RSHUDWLRQ+RZHYHURSHUDWLRQFDQEHUHSHDWHG
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUE\
VHWVZLWFKRU95
E\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHRSHUDWLRQLV
ÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWLPHRSHUDWLRQ
VHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQGWKHQUHVHWLWWR
>21@
ŏ7KHPRWRU&+LVFRQWUROOHGE\6:*,QLWLDO
VHWWLQJ:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHVZLWFKRUVWLFNZKLFK
FRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
Note: When using this function, always check initial
operation with the propeller removed.
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKH2QHWLPHPRGH
PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>21(7,0(@LWHPDQG
WXUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ6SHHGWR
7KH6SHHGDQG6SHHGUHJLRQERXQGDU\
FDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW
7KHVSHHGZKHQ6SHHGDQG6SHHGDUH
21,QDQG2))2XWFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ6ZLWFK
$VZLWFKWKDWWXUQVWKHIXQFWLRQLWVHOI
212))FDQEHVHOHFWHG
ŏ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQ
3UHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQIRUVHFRQGZKHQ
>6:*@LVLQWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQW
WRVHW7KHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHPRWRUVZLWFKLV
PHPRUL]HG7KHVFUHHQJUDSKGLVSOD\2))
GLUHFWLRQDOVRFKDQJHV
Notes
ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ
VHWWKHVSHHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWKH
PRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDOVRUHVHWWKHVSHHG
ŏ:HUHFRPPHQGWKDW0RWRU2))EHVHWLQ
FRPELQDWLRQZLWK)6
ŏ6HWWKHEDVLFRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH
5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQWRPDWFKWKH(6&XVHG
ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKH0RWRU2))SRVLWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>02725@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
105
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
RUD to ELE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
This function is used when you want to mix
elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used
to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder is
applied in roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of stunt
planes.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[LQJWRRWKHUPL[LQJV
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
)LQHWXQLQJ
Setting method
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
)LQH7XQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHW
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJ/LQNPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQN
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ/HIWULJKWRYHUDOO
DGMXVWPHQWDW5DWH$
DQG5DWH%
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>58'WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
this manual.)
*The display screen is an
example. The actual screen
depends on the model type.
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
[Fine tuning VR operation mode]
[LIN.] 0L[LQJUDWHDWFHQWHURI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGFORFNZLVHDQG
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVHWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
[ATL+] 0L[LQJUDWHDWOHIWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[ATL-] 0L[LQJUDWHDWULJKWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
[SYM.] :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWRWKHOHIWRU
ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
UDWHLQFUHDVHV
LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH6HWLWWR21
106
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SNAP ROLL
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
This function selects the switch and rate
adjustment of each rudder, (ailerons, elevators, or
ÀDSVZKHQDVQDSUROOLVSHUIRUPHG
ŏ)RXUVQDSUROOGLUHFWLRQVFDQEHVHW5LJKWXS
ULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
WKH6QDS5ROOIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHG212))E\PDVWHU
VZLWFKLQWKHVWDWHLQZKLFKWKHGLUHFWLRQVZLWFK
ZDVVZLWFKHGWRWKHGLUHFWLRQLQZKLFK\RXZDQW
WRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHGVQDS
UROOLQHDFKGLUHFWLRQFDQEHH[HFXWHGE\PHDQV
RILQGHSHQGHQWVZLWFKHV
ŏ$VDIHW\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUH
WKHVZLWFKFDQEHVHWVRWKDWVQDSUROOLVQRW
H[HFXWHGZKHQIRULQVWDQFHWKHODQGLQJ
JHDULVORZHUHGHYHQLIWKHVZLWFKLVWXUQHGRQ
DFFLGHQWDOO\7KHVQDSUROOVZLWFKLVDFWLYDWHGRQO\
ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV21
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
ÁDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUHDFKVQDSUROO
GLUHFWLRQ,QVLGH2XWVLGH
(Example) Setting example for F3A
ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@
ŏ6DIHW\6:>6:*@6DIHW\PHDVXUH
ŏ0DVWHU6:>6:+@0DLQVZLWFKIRU
H[HFXWLQJVQDSUROO
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
*The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right
direction switches are selected here.
5LJKW8S2))>6:'@
5LJKW'RZQ2))>6:'@
/HIW8S2))>6:$@
/HIW'RZQ2))>6:$@
ŏ6SHHGDGMXVWPHQW
7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRIHDFKFRQWURO
VXUIDFHZKHQWKHVQDSVZLWFKLV21FDQ
EHFKDQJHGDQGVQDSUROOH[HFXWHGE\
VWLFNZKLOHWKHUHLVVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
SHUIRUPHG
ŏ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH LWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIWKHVHUYRVSHHGRIHDFK
UXGGHU
(For a description of the setting method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>61$352//@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
106
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
MODEL MENU (HELICOPTER)
This section contains information on the
commands that apply to helicopters only. For
instructions on Airplanes and Sailplanes, refer to
the sections pertaining to those aircraft.
Use the Model Type function in the Linkage
Menu to select the swash type matched to the
fuselage beforehand.
Also, add flight conditions at the Condition
Select screen if necessary before setting the model
data at each function. (Up to 8 conditions can be
used)
The AFR function, Dual rate function and other
functions common to all model types, are described
in a separate section.
Model Menu functions (helicopter) list
PIT CURVE:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR CURVE: Throttle curve and hovering trim adjustment
ACCELERATION: Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden throttle and pitch commands
THR HOLD: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation
SWASH MIX: Compensates for each control response
THROTTLE MIX: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied
PIT to NEEDLE:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHFXUYHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
PIT to RUD: Handles torque changes from pitch angle inputs
GYRO: Used to switch gyro sensitivity
GOVERNOR: Used to switch RPM of the helicopter’s head
To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@
6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQ
WKHSRLQWDQGSXVK WKH(',7
EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHGHDFWLYDWHWKH
FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
*Refer to for condition hold function details.
*Condition hold operation is displayed.
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
DQGFDOOWKHPRGHOPHQXVKRZQEHORZE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
107
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
PIT CURVE/PIT TRIM
PIT Curve
This function adjusts the pitch operation curve
IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQIRUWKHRSWLPDOÀLJKWVWDWH
relative to movement of the throttle stick.
*Up to 17 points can be set for the point curve types.
+RZHYHUZKHQXVLQJWKHSRLQWVRUSRLQWVVSHFL¿HGWR
create a curve, a simple curve can be created by reducing
the number of input points to 3 or 5, and then entering the
VSHFL¿HGYDOXHDWWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSRLQWVWKDW\RXFUHDWHG
a curve.
ŏ3RLQWFXUYHW\SHLVSRLQWV
LQLWLDOEXWIRUVLPSOHXVH
aSRLQWVDUHVXIÀFLHQW
Normal curve adjustment
ŏ)RUQRUPDOFXUYHXVXDOO\XVH>32,17@W\SH
DQGFUHDWHDEDVLFSLWFKFXUYHFHQWHUHG
DERXWKRYHULQJ8VHWKLVIXQFWLRQWRJHWKHU
ZLWKWKH7+5&XUYH1RUPDOIXQFWLRQDQG
DGMXVWWKHFXUYHVRWKDWXSGRZQFRQWUROLV
EHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG
Idle up curve adjustment
ŏ)RUWKHKLJKVLGHSLWFKFXUYHVHWWKH
PD[LPXPSLWFKZKLFKGRHVRYHUORDGWKH
HQJLQH)RUWKHORZVLGHSLWFKFXUYHFUHDWH
FXUYHVPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO'DQG
RWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGXVHWKHLGOHXSFXUYHV
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH
Throttle hold curve adjustment
ŏ7KHWKURWWOHKROGFXUYHLVXVHGZKHQ
H[HFXWLQJDXWRURWDWLRQGLYHV
Operation precautions
WARNING
:KHQDFWXDOO\VWDUWLQJWKHHQJLQHDQG
IO\LQJDOZD\VVHWWKHLGOHXSFRQGLWLRQ
VZLWFKWR2))DQGVWDUWWKHHQJLQHLQWKH
LGOLQJVWDWH
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ3LWFKVHUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at the
back of this manual.)
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ3LWFKWULPFRS\
ŏ3LWFKWULPRSHUDWLQJ
SRVLWLRQGRWWHG
OLQH
108
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve Hold Curve
Ɣ3LWFK&XUYH([DPSOH
ŏ*URXS6LQJOHLWHP:KHQ\RXDOVRZDQWWR
LQSXWWKHVDPHVHWWLQJFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU
FRQGLWLRQVSHUIRUPVHWWLQJLQWKHJURXS
PRGH,QWKLVFDVHWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDUH
LQSXWWRWKHRWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHWLQWKHJURXS
PRGH:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH
LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ2WKHUFRQGLWLRQVFDQEHVHW
LQGHSHQGHQWO\
Setting method
ŏ3LWWULPFRS\+RYHUKLJKORZ
7KHSLWFKWULPRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQFDQEH
FRSLHGWRWKHSLWFKFXUYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>&23<@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
$IWHUFRS\LQJUHWXUQWKHSLWFKWULPWRWKH
FHQWHUWRFDOOWKHODVWRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQ
The screens shown below are curves created
by entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high
side (3 points or 5 points) at each condition. When
DFWXDOO\FUHDWLQJDFXUYHLQSXWWKHUDWHVSHFL¿HGDW
the fuselage (or the reference value).
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Curve setting examples
(Continued on next page)
Pitch Trim (Hovering pitch, high pitch, low pitch)
The hovering pitch, low pitch, and high pitch trim setup screen can be called from the PIT Curve setup
screen.
ŏ+RYHULQJSLWFK
WULPVHWWLQJ
ŏ/RZ+LJKSLWFK
WULPVHWWLQJ
109
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
Hovering pitch trim
The Hovering Pitch trim function trims the pitch
near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with
the hovering condition. The hovering pitch can be
¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ
FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW
conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that
rotor speed is constant. This function can be used
together with the Hovering Throttle Trim function
for more delicate operation.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJRQO\WKHKRYHULQJQRUPDO
FRQGLWLRQVZLWFKWKHJURXSPRGHWRWKH
VLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJEHIRUHVHWWLQJ
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/'
ŏ7KHWULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH0RGH&750
1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG
CTRM mode:0D[LPXPDPRXQWRIFKDQJH
QHDUFHQWHUE\FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ
UHFRPPHQGHG
NORM mode:1RUPDOWULPSDUDOOHO
PRYHPHQWWULPRSHUDWLRQ7KHDGYDQWDJH
RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK
FDQEHDGMXVWHGZLWKRXWFKDQJLQJWKH
FXUYH
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\
EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU
ŏ7KHWULPUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDQGWKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim
High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim is the pitch servo
high side and low side trim function.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREVFRPPRQ
WRDOOWKHFRQGLWLRQVVHWWKHPLQWKHJURXS
PRGH
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&721
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/6KLJKVLGH56ORZ
VLGH
ŏ7KHWULPUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDQGWKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH
FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG
110
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
THR CURVE/THROTTLE HOVER TRIM
THR Curve
This function adjusts the throttle operation curve
for each condition for optimum the engine speed to
throttle stick movement.
Up to 17 curve points can be set for the point
curve type, however, when the 5 points and other
point data is used, a simple curve can be easily
created by reducing the number of input points of
the curve to 5 and entering the specified value at
the corresponding points.
Normal curve adjustment
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFFXUYH
FHQWHUHGDURXQGKRYHULQJ8VHLWDORQJ
ZLWKWKHQRUPDOSLWFKFXUYHDQGDGMXVWVR
WKDWXSGRZQFRQWURODWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQH
VSHHGLVHDVLHVW
Idle up curve adjustment
ŏ6HWDLGOHXSFXUYHWKDWPDLQWDLQVDFRQVWDQW
VSHHGDWDOOWLPHVHYHQZKHQRSHUDWLRQ
ZKLFKUHGXFHVWKHSLWFKZDVSHUIRUPHGLQ
ÁLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO
'RURWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGWKHLGOHXSFXUYH
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH
Operation precautions
WARNING
:KHQDFWXDOO\VWDUWLQJWKHHQJLQHDQG
IO\LQJDOZD\VVHWWKHLGOHXSFRQGLWLRQ
VZLWFKWR2))DQGVWDUWWKHHQJLQHLQWKH
LGOLQJPRGH
Setting method
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHLWHP:KHQ\RXZDQWWR
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\HQWHUWKHVDPHVHWWLQJVWR
RWKHUIXQFWLRQVPDNHWKHVHWWLQJVLQWKH
JURXSPRGH,QWKLVFDVHWKHVDPHVHWWLQJ
FRQWHQWVDUHHQWHUHGWRWKHDOOFRQGLWLRQV
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\PDNHWKHVHWWLQJVDIWHU
VHOHFWLQJWKHVLQJOHPRGH,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KURWWOHKRYHUWULPFRS\
7KHWKURWWOHKRYHUWULPRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQFDQ
EHFRSLHGWRWKHWKURWWOHFXUYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>&23<@LWHPDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
$IWHUFRS\LQJUHWXUQWKHSLWFKWULPWRWKH
FHQWHUWRFDOOWKHODVWRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting
method, see the description at the back
of this manual.
ŏ7KURWWOHKRYHU
WULPFRS\
ŏ7KURWWOHKRYHUWULPRSHUDWLQJ
SRVLWLRQGRWWHGOLQH
111
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve
Ɣ7KURWWOH&XUYH([DPSOH
The curves shown below are created by using
the point curve type and inputting the data of the
5 points 0% (low side), 25%, 50% (center), 75%,
100% (high) side at each condition. They are
created by reducing the number points of the line
to 5. When actually creating a curve, enter the data
VSHFL¿HGSHUWKHDLUFUDIWRUWKHUHIHUHQFHYDOXH
*For a description of the curve creation method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Curve setting examples
Throttle Hover trim
The Throttle Hover trim setup screen can be called from the THR Curve setup screen.
The Throttle Hover function trims the throttle
near the hovering point. Normally, use it with
hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed
accompanying changes in the temperature,
humidity, and other flight conditions can be
trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is
most stable. More delicate trimming is also possible
by using this function along with the Hover Pitch
function.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKHKRYHULQJQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VZLWFKWKHJURXSPRGHWRWKHVLQJOH
PRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJDQGPDNHWKHVHWWLQJV
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5'
ŏ7KHWULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH0RGH&750
1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG
CTRM mode:0D[LPXPUDWHRIFKDQJH
QHDUFHQWHUE\FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ
UHFRPPHQGHG
NORM mode: 1RUPDOWULPKRUL]RQWDO
PRYHPHQWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPDFWVRQO\
QHDUWKHFHQWHU
ŏ7KHWULPUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDQGWKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW
ŏ6HWVWKHGLDOXVHG
112
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
ACCELERATION
This function is used to adjust the pitch and
the throttle rise characteristic at acceleration/
deceleration operation. An acceleration function
which temporarily increases the pitch and throttle
operations at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration
operation can be set.
Example of acceleration function use
ŏ:KHQXVHGDWSLWFKWKH$FFHOHUDWLRQ
IXQFWLRQLVHIIHFWLYHZKHQ\RXZDQWWR
TXLFNHQWKHUHVSRQVHRIWKHIXVHODJHDW'
ÁLJKWÁLSHWF
:KHQXVHGKLJKSLWFKWHPSRUDULO\H[FHHGV
PD[LPXPSLWFKEXWLPPHGLDWHO\UHWXUQVWR
PD[LPXPSLWFK
ŏ3LWFKVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KURWWOHVHWWLQJ
Setting method
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHWDWERWKVHWWLQJ
DWDFFHOHUDWLRQKLJKDQGVHWWLQJDW
GHFHOHUDWLRQORZ
7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVGLVSOD\HGRQD
JUDSK
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSLQJ
FDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQWDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ
DQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW:KHQDQ
RSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQLV
SHUIRUPHG
Note: When using the Acceleration funtion,
since the pitch stroke is large, make your
settings so there is no binding of your linkage.
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>$&&(/(5$7,21@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ$FWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ
113
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
THR HOLD
This function sets the throttle cut position for
auto rotation. The throttle position can also be set
to an idling position. Setting of these 2 positions
can be selected by switch. This allows use for
switching during training.
Example of use
ŏ6LQFH7KURWWOH+ROGKDVPRGHV&XWDQG
,GOHXVLQJLWLQWKH,GOLQJPRGHGXULQJ
WUDLQLQJDQGLQWKH&XWPRGHZKHQ
VWRSSLQJWKHHQJLQHDWPHHWVHWFLV
FRQYHQLHQW
1RWH:KHQWKURWWOHKROGLVVHWWR21LQWKHQRUPDO
FRQGLWLRQWKURWWOHKROGDFWVDQGWKHWKURWWOHVHUYR
LVGHDFWLYDWHG$OZD\VVHWWKURWWOHKROGWR21LQWKH
KROGFRQGLWLRQ
ŏ6HWWRWKHHQJLQHVWRSSRVLWLRQ
ŏ6HWWRWKHLGOLQJSRVLWLRQ
Setting method
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
Manual mode(MANUAL):7KHWKURWWOHKROG
IXQFWLRQLVRSHUDWHGE\VZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ
RQO\
Auto mode(AUTO):7KHWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQ
RSHUDWLRQLVOLQNHGWRWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
SRVLWLRQ
Auto position setting::KHQWKH$XWRPRGHLV
VHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQDXWRSRVLWLRQ
FDQEHVHOHFWHG0RYHWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNWR
WKHSRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ$XWRSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
Throttle Hold (Cut)VHWVWKHWKURWWOHFXW
SRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDWWKHFDUEXUHWRULVIXOO
FORVH
Throttle Hold (Idle):0DNHWKLVDGMXVWPHQWWR
PDLQWDLQLGOLQJIRUWUDLQLQJ$GMXVWPHQWVFDQ
EHPDGHEDVHGRQWKHWKURWWOHFXUYHLGOH
SRVLWLRQ
ŏ7KHWKURWWOHVHUYRRSHUDWLQJVSHHGFDQEH
DGMXVWHG6SHHG
ŏ7KURWWOHFXWRUWUDLQLQJIXQFWLRQFDQEH
VZLWFKHGE\KROGIXQFWLRQVHOHFWRUVZLWFK
Operation precautions
WARNING
:KHQVWDUWLQJWKHHQJLQHFRQILUPWKDW
WKHLGOHXSFRQGLWLRQDQGWKURWWOHKROG
FRQGLWLRQDUH2))
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5+2/'@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ
114
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
SWASH MIX
The swash mix function is used to correct the
swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and
elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each
operation of each condition.
Adjustment by independent curve for aileron,
elevator, and pitch operations is possible. The
operation can be smoothly adjusted by calling up
the “Curve setup” screen by pressing the EDIT
button with moving the cursor to the mixing item
that corresponds to the mixing and direction which
needs correction.
Example of use
ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW
XQGHVLUDEOHWHQGHQFLHVLQWKHUROOGLUHFWLRQ
ŏ)RUDFRQGLWLRQZKLFKXVHV$,/WR(/(VHWWKLV
IXQFWLRQWR21:KHQUDLVLQJWKHQRVHDWD
ULJKWUROOZKHQWKH5DWH%VLGHLVLQSXWDQG
WKHULJKWDLOHURQLVRSHUDWHGWKHHOHYDWRU
PRYHVWRWKHGRZQVLGH7XQHE\DGMXVWLQJ
WKH5DWH)RUULJKWUROODGMXVWWRWKH5DWH$
VLGH
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGVHW
WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+0,;@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
115
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
THROTTLE MIX
This function corrects slowing of engine
speed caused by swash plate operation at aileron
or elevator operation. The method of applying
clockwise or counterclockwise torque when
pirouetting can also be corrected.
An acceleration function which temporarily
increases the throttle side correction rate relative to
rapid stick operation can also be set.
When correction is necessary, move the cursor to
Setting example
ŏ$,/WR7+5DSSOLHVDORDGWRWKHHQJLQHDQG
FRUUHFWVVLQNLQJRIWKHHQJLQHVSHHGZKHQ
WKHDLOHURQVWLFNZDVRSHUDWHG(QJLQH
UDFLQJFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\DW
WKHULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIWDLOHURQE\5DWHV$
DQG%
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@
LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU
FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\
VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKH>@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOO
WKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGVHWWKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21
SRVLWLRQ
the mixing item corresponding to the mixing that
needs correction and push the EDIT button to call
the curve setup screen, and then correct the sinking.
<Acceleration function setting>
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHWIRUERWK
VHWWLQJV/HIWDQG5LJKW
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPH'XPSLQJDIWHU
RSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQWZKHQWKH
FRUUHFWLRQUDWHLVLQFUHDVHG
DQGGHFUHDVHGFDQEHVHW
LQGHSHQGHQWO\:KHQDQRSHUDWLRQ
SRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQ
RSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5277/(0,;@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the description at the
back of this manual.
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJV
116
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
PIT to NEEDLE mixing
This mixing is used when the engine is equipped
with needle control or other fuel-air mixture
adjustment. A needle curve can be set.
An acceleration function which temporarily
increases needle operation at throttle stick
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQDQGVHWWKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
< Acceleration function setting>
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHWDWERWKVHWWLQJ
DWDFFHOHUDWLRQ+LJKDQGVHWWLQJDW
GHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ
ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQUDWH5DWHDQGWKHUHWXUQ
WLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSLQJFDQEHVHW
ŏ$QRSHUDWLRQSRLQW$FW3RVDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ
DQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW:KHQ
DQRSHUDWLRQSRLQWZDVH[FHHGHG
DFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG
ŏ1RUPDOO\XVH>32,17@W\SH
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR1(('/(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
acceleration/deceleration operation can be set.
The rise characteristic of the needle servo at
acceleration and deceleration operation can be
adjusted.
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to the
description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see
the description at the back of this manual.
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJV
117
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
PIT to RUD mixing (Revolution mixing)
Use this mix when you want to suppress the
reaction torque generated by main rotor pitch and
speed changes at pitch operation. Adjust so that the
nose does not move in the rudder direction.
An acceleration function which temporarily
increases the correction rate at throttle stick
acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. The
mixing rate at acceleration/deceleration can be set.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWR VHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU
FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\
VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHLVVHW
<Normal condition mixing curve>
7KHPL[LQJFXUYHUDWHVWDUWVIURPDVPDOO
YDOXH
)RUDURWRUZLWKDFORFNZLVHRSHUDWLRQ
GLUHFWLRQSRODULW\ZKHQSLWFKZDV
RSHUDWHGDWWKHSOXVVLGHVHWVRWKDWPL[LQJ
LVLQWKHFORFNZLVHGLUHFWLRQ)LUVWWULPDW
KRYHULQJDQGWKHQDGMXVWWKHQHXWUDO
SRVLWLRQ
$GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ
5HSHDWHGO\KRYHUIURPWDNHRIIDQGODQG
IURPKRYHULQJDWDFRQVWDQWUDWHPDWFKHG
WR\RXURZQUK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVR
WKHQRVHGRHVQRWGHÁHFWZKHQWKHWKURWWOH
LVUDLVHGDQGORZHUHG
7KURWWOHKLJKVLGHFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURP
KRYHULQJ
5HSHDWFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURPKRYHULQJ
DWDFRQVWDQWUDWHPDWFKHGWR\RXURZQ
UK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVRWKDWWKHQRVH
GRHVQRWGHIOHFWZKHQWKHWKURWWOHLVUDLVHG
DQGORZHUHG
However, when a GY Series or other heading
hold gyro is used, since correction is performed
by the gyro, this mix is not used. If this function
is used when the gyro operation mode is the
AVCS mode, the neutral position will change.
<Idle up condition mixing curve>
6HWWKHPL[LQJUDWHVRWKDWWKHUXGGHUGLUHFWLRQ
DWKLJKVSHHGÁLJKWLVVWUDLJKWDKHDG$GMXVWIRU
HDFKFRQGLWLRQXVHG
<Acceleration function setting>
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG
IRUERWKVHWWLQJDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ+LJKDQG
VHWWLQJDWGHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSLQJ
FDQEHVHW
ŏ$QRSHUDWLRQSRLQW$FW3RVDW
DFFHOHUDWLRQDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW
LQGHSHQGHQWO\:KHQDQRSHUDWLRQSRLQW
ZDVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLV
SHUIRUPHG
ŏ1RUPDOO\XVH>32,17@W\SH
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR58'@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJV
118
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
GYRO mixing
This function used to adjust gyro sensitivity. The
sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/GY
mode) can be set for each condition.
*Sensitivity setting is assigned to CH3.
1RWH$OZD\VVHWWR>@ERWK&RQWURODQG7ULP
IRUWKH>*\UR@IXQFWLRQDWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
Setting method
ŏ :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KUHHUDWHVFDQEHVZLWFKHGIRUHDFK
FRQGLWLRQ5DWH5DWH5DWH
ŏ $ÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW
Setting example
ŏ
1RUPDOO\LWLVFRQYHQLHQWWRSUHVHWKLJK
VHQVLWLYLW\5DWHDQGORZVHQVLWLYLW\5DWH
ZKHQHLWKHUWKH$9&6PRGHRU1RUPDO
PRGHLVXVHG
ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
(Rate No. display)
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
ŏ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ0RGHVHOHFWLRQ
>$9&6@>1250@
ŏ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
>*<@>1250@
119
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
S1 button
EDIT button
EDIT dial
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQGWR UHWXUQWRWKH
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ7XUQWKHEDITGLDOWR
PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ
QDPHDQG UHWXUQWRWKH
SUHFHGLQJVFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ
GOVERNOR mixing
When using a Futaba GV-1 governor, this
function is used to switch the RPM of the
helicopters head. Up to 3 rates can be set for each
condition.
*The governor is used by connecting the governor speed
setting channel to CH7 (initial setting).
*When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch,
connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to
CH8 (initial setting) and set the switch to CH8 (Governor2)
at the Function menu of the Linkage Menu.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KUHHVSHHGVUDWHVFDQEHVHWIRUHDFK
FRQGLWLRQ5DWH5DWH5DWH
$OVRWKLVPL[LQJDQGWKHJRYHUQRUVLGHVSHHG
VHWWLQJPXVWEHPDWFKHGEHIRUHKDQGE\WKH
IROORZLQJPHWKRG
ŏ6HWVRWKDWZKHQWKHJRYHUQRUVLGHLVSODFHG
LQWKHVSHHGVHWWLQJLWHPVWDWH
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHDGWKHVSHHGGLUHFWO\
PRYHWKHFXUVRUWR8QLWLWHPDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ>USP@LVGLVSOD\HG
*When using the Fuel Mixture function, the mixture servo
is controlled from the governor. When transmitting the
mixture curve data from the transmitter to the governor, the
governor AUX (m.trm) connector must be connected to CH8
(initial setting) and governor side setting performed. See the
governor instruction manual.
1RWH$OZD\VVHW&RQWURODQG7ULPWR>@IRU
>*RYHUQRU@DQG>*RYHUQRU@RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
RIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
ŏ7KHVSHHGFDQEHVZLWFKHGE\VHWWLQJD
VZLWFK$OVRZKHQ>@LVVHWLQVWHDGRIVSHHG
VHWWLQJWKHJRYHUQRUFDQEHWXUQHG>21@
>2))@ZLWKRXWVHWWLQJDVHSDUDWH>21@>2))@
VZLWFK
ŏ$VSHHGÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW
*VR selection and adjustment rate can be set.
ŏ6HOHFW>*29(5125@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQWR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
ŏ530DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ8QLWGLVSOD\VHOHFWLRQ
>@>USP@
120
<Data>
Common operations used in function setup screen
This section describes the functions often used at the function setup screen. Refer to it when setting each
function.
Group/single mode switching (GROUP/SINGLE)
When setting multiple flight conditions,
linking the setting contents with all conditions
(group mode) or setting independently (single
mode) can be selected. The mode can be
changed at the [GROUP] item on each setup
screen.
[Group/single mode switching]
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [GROUP] item on
the setup screen and push the EDIT button
to switch to the data input mode.
2. Turn the EDIT dial to the left until switch
[SINGLE] starts to blink.
*At this point, the mode has still not been changed.
*When changing from [SINGLE] to [GROUP], turn the
EDIT dial to the right.
3. Change the mode by pushing the EDIT
button.
ŏ*URXSPRGH*5283
The same setting contents are set to all
WKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
ŏ6LQJOHPRGH6,1*/(
Set this mode when the setting contents
are not linked with other conditions.
Condition delay setting
Unnecessary fuselage motion generated when
there are sudden changes in the servo position
and variations in the operating time between
channels can be suppressed by using the
condition delay function of the condition select
function [COND. SELECT].
When the delay function is set at the
switching destination condition, a delay
corresponding to that amount is applied and the
related functions change smoothly.
[Setting method]
*At the condition delay setup screen [COND.DELAY],
move the cursor to the [DELAY] item of the channel you
want to set and perform the following settings:
1. Switch to the condition you want to set
and push the EDIT button to switch to the
data input mode.
2. Set the delay by turning the EDIT dial.
Initial value: 0
Adjustment range: 0~27 (maximum delay)
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the delay is
reset to the initial value.)
3. Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
2SHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
121
<Data>
2SHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWR¿QHWXQLQJ95
ŏ95VHOHFWLRQ ŏ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
(Fine tuning VR operation position)
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
*The operation modes which can be
selected depend on the function.
[Fine tuning VR operation mode]
[LIN.] 0L[LQJUDWHDWFHQWHURI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGFORFNZLVHDQG
counterclockwise, the mixing rate
increases and decreases, respectively.
[ATL+] 0L[LQJUDWHDWOHIWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
increases.
[ATL-] 0L[LQJUDWHDWULJKWHQGRI95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
increases.
[SYM.] :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWRWKHOHIWRU
right of the neutral position, the mixing
rate increases.
[Setting method]
1. Control selection
Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [CTRL] item and push
the EDIT button to call the selection screen.
Move to the control you want to set by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right and
push the EDIT button.
2. Mode selection
Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor to the
[MODE] item and push the EDIT button to
switch to the data input mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
switch to the operation mode ([LIN.], [ATL+],
[ATL-], or [SYM.]) corresponding to the set
control and push the EDIT button.
3. Rate adjustment
Move the cursor to the [RATE] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the data
input mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and set
the rate.
Initial value: 0%
Adjustment range: -100%~+100%
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
122
<Data>
Operations related to servo speed
Servo speed setting
The servo speed at each function operation
(including flight condition switching) can be
adjusted. The servos operate smoothly at a
fixed speed corresponding to the set speed. The
operating speed (IN side) and return speed (OUT
side) can be set individually.
Switch the operation mode according to the set
function.
"SYM." mode: Used with ailerons and other
self neutral functions.
"LIN." mode: Used with functions which hold
the operation position of the throttle and
switch channel, etc.
[Setting method]
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [MODE] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the data
input mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
switch to the operation mode ("SYM." or
"LIN.") corresponding to the set function
and push the EDIT button.
2. Move the cursor to the direction ([IN] or
[OUT]) item you want to set and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input
mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and set
the speed.
Initial value: 0
Adjustment range: 0~27 (maximum delay)
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the servo
speed is reset to the initial value.)
Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
123
<Data>
Curve setting operation
This section describes the setting procedure of curves which are used with the AFR function and each
mixing function.
Curve type selection
Three types of curves (EXP1, EXP2 and
POINT) can be selected.
Curve type selection
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [MODE] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the
data input mode.
2. Display the curve you want to use by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
*The curve type blinks.
3. When the EDIT button is pushed, the
curve type is changed. (Operate the EDIT
dial or S1 button to stop the change.)
[EXP1]: EXP1 curve
[EXP2]: EXP2 curve
[POINT]: point curve
Setting by curve type
When the curve type is selected as described above, adjustment items corresponding to the curve type
appear on the screen. Adjust each curve as described below.
(reverse-video) to the [RATE A], [RATE B],
[EXP A], or [EXP B] setting item and push
the EDIT button to switch to the data input
mode.
2. Set the rate by turning the EDIT dial to the
left or right.
Initial value: +100.0% (rate)/+0.0% (EXP
rate)
*Initial value differs depending on function.
Adjustment range: -200.0~+200.0%
(rate)/-100.0~+100.0% (EXP rate)
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the
vertical direction]
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] setting item
and push the EDIT button to switch to the
data input mode.
2. Move the curve in the vertical direction by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
Initial value: +0.0%
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
EXP1/EXP2 curve adjustment
(EXP1 curve)
Using the EXP1 curve is effective in smoothing
starting of the ailerons, elevator, rudder, etc.
(EXP2 curve)
Using the EXP2 curve is effective in engine
rise and other engine control.
The curve left and right rates ([RATE A],
[RATE B]) and EXP curve rate ([EXP A], [EXP
B]) can be adjusted individually. ([EXP] for
EXP2)
The curve can also be offset horizontally
([OFFSET]) in the vertical direction.
[Rate setting]
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
124
<Data>
Point curve (POINT) adjustment
(Point)
Up to 17 or 11 points curve can be used.
(differs with functuion)
Initial point number: 9 points (17 points
curve), 11 points (11 points curve)
*The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and
offset.
[Rate adjustment of each point]
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-display) to the [POINT] or [RATE]
item and push the EDIT button to switch to
the curve setting mode.
*It is changed from the reverse-display to the square box
display.
*In this mode, push the EDIT button to switch the [POINT]
item and [RATE] item alternately.
2. Move the cursor (square box) to the
[POINT] item by pushing the EDIT button.
3. Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
select the point whose rate you want to
set.
*The mark on the curve shows the currently selected
point. The mark on the curve shows the currently
deleted point.
4. Move the cursor (square box) to the [RATE]
item by pushing the EDIT button and set
the rate by turning the EDIT dial to the left
or right.
Repeat steps 2 through 5 and adjust the
curve.
Push the S1 button to end adjustment and
return to the cursor move mode.
[Point addition]
1. In the curve setting mode, push the EDIT
button to move the cursor to the [POINT]
item and turn the EDIT dial to the left or
right and move the cursor on the curve to
the position (mark
) you want to add.
2. When the EDIT button is pushed for 1
second, the point is added.
[Point deletion]
1. In the curve setting mode, push the EDIT
button to move the cursor to the [POINT]
item and turn the EDIT dial to the left or
right and move the cursor on the curve to
the position (mark
) you want to delete.
2. When the EDIT button is pushed for 1
second, the point is deleted.
[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the vertical
direction]
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] item.
2.
Move the curve in the vertical direction by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
Initial value: +0.0%
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the curve is
reset to the initial value.)
Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
125
<Data>
Switch selection method
The various functions used in the T12FG can be selected by switch. The switch (including when stick,
trim lever, or VR are used as a switch) setting method is common to all functions.
Switch selection
When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called.
(Switch selection screen example)
When switch was selected
When switch was selected, ON/OFF position
setting is also performed.
*The ON/OFF setting state of each position is displayed.
1. When you want to change the ON/OFF
setting, use the EDIT dial to move the
cursor (reverse-video) and push the EDIT
button to switch to the data input mode.
Switch the ON/Off display by turning the
EDIT dial to the left or right.
*ON/OFF display blinks.
3. When the EDIT button is pressed, the ON/
OFF setting is changed. (Operate the EDIT
dial or S1 button to stop the change.)
4. To return to the preceeding screen, move
the cursor to the [ON/OFF] at the top of
the screen and push the EDIT button.
When stick, trim lever, or knob selected
When a stick, trim lever, or knob is used as a
switch, four operation modes can be selected by
the following mode and type combination:
1. When you want to change the mode,
move the cursor to [MODE] and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input
mode. Switch the display to the mode
you want to change by turning the EDIT
dial to the left or right and then make the
change by pushing the EDIT button.
ŏ
Mode: [LINEAR]/[SYMMETRY]
*
Set the ON/Off point by the method described on the next page.
Switch selection
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the switch you want to
select and push the EDIT button.
*The switch blinks.
2. To return to the preceeding screen, move
the cursor to the [HARDWARE SEL.] at
the top of the screen and push the EDIT
button.
Or, move the cursor to the [ON/OFF] and
call the ON/OFF position setting screen by
pushing the EDIT button.
Alternate mode setting
ŏ
Mode: [NORMAL]/[ALTERNATE]
1. Move the cursor to the [ALTERNATE] item
and push the EDIT button to switch to the
data input mode.
2. Change to the mode you want to set by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
*The mode display blinks.
3. Push the EDIT button. (Operate the EDIT dial
or S1 button to stop the change.)
4. To return to the preceeding screen, move
the cursor to the [ON/OFF] at the top of the
screen and push the EDIT button.
126
<Data>
Operation modes
The operation modes when stick, trim lever, or
knob was selected are described below.
Linear mode
This mode sets ON/OFF at the left or right (up or
down) with the set point as the reference.
Symmetrical mode
Left and right (up and down) operations are
symmetrical about the neutral position. For
instance, when you want to switch DR1 with the
aileron stick, when the stick is moved to the left or
right, DR1 can be turned on at the same left and
right position.
Shifting the ON/Off point
The ON/OFF point can be shifted. ON/OFF at
a free position can be changed.
ŏ%ODFNUDQJH2))UDQJH
ŏ:KLWHUDQJH21UDQJH
[Setting method]
1. First, use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [POSITION] item.
2. Move the stick, trim lever, or knob to the
point you want to change and push the
EDIT button. The point is shifted.
3. To return to the preceeding screen, move
the cursor to the [ON/OFF] at the top of
the screen and push the EDIT button.
127
<Data>
FUTABA CORPORATION Phone: (043) 296-5118 Facsimile: (043) 296-5124
Makuhari Techno Garden Bldg., B6F 1-3 Nakase, Mihama-ku, Chiba 261-8555, Japan
©FUTABA CORPORATION 2007, 04 (1)
Logic mode
AND: When both switches are ON, the
condition is ON.
OR: When either switche is ON, the
condition is ON.
EOR: When the two switches are in different
states, the condition is ON.
Switch mode selection
1. Move the cursor to the [MODE] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the data
input mode.
2. Turn the EDIT dial to the left and select the
[LOGIC].
*[LOGIC] display blinks.
3. Push the EDIT button to change to the logic
switch mode.
(Logic switch setting screen)
Swich selection
1. Select the switch A and B. (Refer to the
description at the previous page.)
Logic mode selection
1. Move the cursor to the [LOGIC] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the data
input mode.
2. Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
select the logic mode.
*The mode display blinks.
3. Push the EDIT button to change to the logic
mode.
4. To return to the preceeding screen, move
the cursor to the [SWITCH] at the top of the
screen and push the EDIT button.
Logic switch (Condition Select function only)
The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches. For instance,
the condition is activated when 2 switches are turned on.
… 127

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Robbe Futaba T-12 FG bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Robbe Futaba T-12 FG in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 1,8 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Robbe Futaba T-12 FG

Robbe Futaba T-12 FG Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 80 pagina's

Robbe Futaba T-12 FG Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 78 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info